TW201302838A - Organic EL element - Google Patents

Organic EL element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201302838A
TW201302838A TW101110060A TW101110060A TW201302838A TW 201302838 A TW201302838 A TW 201302838A TW 101110060 A TW101110060 A TW 101110060A TW 101110060 A TW101110060 A TW 101110060A TW 201302838 A TW201302838 A TW 201302838A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
light
substituent
formula
electrode
Prior art date
Application number
TW101110060A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Shuichi Sassa
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co
Publication of TW201302838A publication Critical patent/TW201302838A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/10Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of electroluminescent light sources
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/16Electron transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/32Stacked devices having two or more layers, each emitting at different wavelengths
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/14Macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1408Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1416Condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/14Macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1408Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1425Non-condensed systems

Abstract

This invention provides an organic EL element comprising a first electrode, a second electrode, one or a plurality of draw-out electrodes arranged between the above first electrode and the above second electrode, and a plurality of luminent units having electrons injection layers and luminent layer arranged in interials between the above first electrode, the above draw-out electrode and the above second electrode being adjacent to each other, wherein the above electron injection layer comprises iononcrs.

Description

有機電場發光(EL)元件 Organic electric field emitting (EL) element

本發明是有關:有機電場發光(EL)元件,具備此有機EL元件之顯示裝置及照明裝置,以及有機EL元件的製造方法。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence (EL) device, a display device and an illumination device including the organic EL device, and a method of manufacturing an organic EL device.

有機EL(Electro Luminescence;電場發光)元件是含有:由陽極及陰極所成的一對電極,與設置在電極間之發光層的結構。在有機EL元件施加電壓時,由陽極注入電洞之同時由陰極注入電子,藉由此等電洞與電子在發光層結合而產生發光。 An organic EL (Electro Luminescence) device includes a pair of electrodes formed of an anode and a cathode, and a light-emitting layer provided between the electrodes. When a voltage is applied to the organic EL element, electrons are injected from the cathode while the anode is injected into the hole, whereby the holes and the electrons are combined in the light-emitting layer to generate light.

在電極間所設置的發光層層數是不限定只有1層,而是在電極間設置複數發光層之所謂的多光子(multiphoton)型有機EL元件。在具備複數發光層之有機EL元件中,因為由各發光層分別各自放射光,故與發光層層數只有1層的有機EL元件相比時,每單位電流之發光量會增加。 The number of the light-emitting layer layers provided between the electrodes is not limited to one layer, but a so-called multiphoton type organic EL element in which a plurality of light-emitting layers are provided between the electrodes. In the organic EL device having the plurality of light-emitting layers, since each of the light-emitting layers emits light, the amount of light per unit current increases as compared with the organic EL element having only one layer of the light-emitting layer.

然而,在上述結構之有機EL元件中,由於在各發光層不能獨立地施加特定的電壓,故由各發光層所放射之光強度不能獨立加以調控。 However, in the organic EL device having the above structure, since a specific voltage cannot be independently applied to each of the light-emitting layers, the intensity of light emitted from each of the light-emitting layers cannot be independently regulated.

對於如此結構的有機EL元件,曾有在發光層間設置取出電極(draw out electrode,用以輸出或輸入電壓的電極或端子,本文中依外文原意稱為取出電極)之有機EL元件的提案。由於取出電極是與外部之電源電性連接,故在取出電極也可以施加預定之電壓。因此,在各發光層可以 獨立並施加預定之電壓,由各發光層所放射的光強度可以獨立加以調控(例如,參照專利文獻1)。 For the organic EL device having such a structure, there has been proposed an organic EL device in which a draw out electrode (an electrode or a terminal for outputting or inputting a voltage, which is originally referred to herein as an extraction electrode) is provided between the light-emitting layers. Since the extraction electrode is electrically connected to an external power source, a predetermined voltage can be applied to the extraction electrode. Therefore, in each luminescent layer can Independently and with a predetermined voltage applied, the intensity of light emitted by each of the light-emitting layers can be independently regulated (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

[先行技術文獻] [Advanced technical literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2006-92998號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2006-92998

在電極間,不受限上述之發光層或取出電極,可以更加設定預定之層。作為如此之層者,以上述以往的技術是已設置了電子注入層。又,在專利文獻1中,並未詳細揭示電子注入層的材料及其形成方法,因為電子注入層一般是藉由Ba、BaO、NaF、LiF等在大氣中不安定的材料所構成。 Between the electrodes, the predetermined layer can be further set without limiting the above-mentioned light-emitting layer or the extraction electrode. As such a layer, the above-described conventional technique has been provided with an electron injecting layer. Further, in Patent Document 1, the material of the electron injecting layer and the method of forming the same are not disclosed in detail, since the electron injecting layer is generally composed of a material which is unstable in the atmosphere by Ba, BaO, NaF, LiF or the like.

有機EL元件是藉由將構成該元件之各層順序積層而製作。因此,在已形成電子注入層之中,變成形成發光層或取出電極等預定之層。在形成電子注入層中,積層在此電子注入層上之發光層等,例如,於大氣中形成時,在大氣中會變性成不安定的電子注入層,結果,所製作的有機EL元件之發光特性有所謂的下降之問題。 The organic EL element is produced by sequentially laminating the layers constituting the element. Therefore, among the formed electron injecting layers, a predetermined layer such as a light emitting layer or an extraction electrode is formed. In the formation of the electron injecting layer, a light-emitting layer or the like laminated on the electron injecting layer, for example, when formed in the atmosphere, is denatured into an unstable electron injecting layer in the atmosphere, and as a result, the produced organic EL element emits light. The feature has a so-called drop problem.

因此,本發明之目的是提供,具備在製造有機EL元件的步驟中,可以抑制劣化的電子注入層之有機EL元件。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an organic EL device including an electron injecting layer capable of suppressing deterioration in the step of producing an organic EL element.

本發明是有關一種有機EL元件,具備第1電極、第2電極、在前記第1電極1與前記第2電極2之間,所配置 的1或是複數個的取出電極3、與,在前記第1電極、前記取出電極及前記第2電極之中相互相鄰電極間,分別配置之發光單元,而前記發光單元具有電子注入層與發光層,前記電子注入層含有離子性聚合物。 The present invention relates to an organic EL device including a first electrode and a second electrode, and is disposed between the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 1 or a plurality of extraction electrodes 3, and a light-emitting unit disposed between the adjacent electrodes of the first electrode, the front-removal electrode, and the second electrode, and the pre-recorded light-emitting unit has an electron injection layer and The light-emitting layer, the electron-injecting layer described above, contains an ionic polymer.

又,本發明是有關有機EL元件,隔著前述取出電極之相鄰一對的前述發光單元,在一方的前述發光單元中,將前述第1電極作為基準,發光層與電子注入層的積層順序,與在另一方的前述發光單元中,發光層與電子注入層的積層順序是相異的。 Further, according to the present invention, in the organic EL device, the light-emitting layer and the electron-injecting layer are stacked in the light-emitting unit in which the first electrode is used as a reference in the light-emitting unit adjacent to the pair of extraction electrodes. In the foregoing light-emitting unit of the other side, the order of lamination of the light-emitting layer and the electron-injecting layer is different.

又,本發明是有關有機EL元件,在相互不同的發光單元設置一對的發光層,放射相互不同顏色的光。 Moreover, the present invention relates to an organic EL device in which a pair of light-emitting layers are provided in mutually different light-emitting units, and light of different colors is emitted.

又,本發明是有關有機EL元件,在相互不同發光單元設置一對的發光層,放射相同顏色的光。 Moreover, the present invention relates to an organic EL device in which a pair of light-emitting layers are provided in mutually different light-emitting units, and light of the same color is emitted.

又,本發明是有關照明裝置,具備前述有機EL元件。 Moreover, the present invention relates to an illumination device comprising the above-described organic EL element.

又,本發明是有關顯示裝置,具備前述有機EL元件。 Moreover, the present invention relates to a display device including the above-described organic EL element.

又,本發明是有關有機EL元件的製造方法,係具備第1電極、第2電極、在前述第1電極與前述第2電極之間所配置的1或是複數個取出電極、與在前述第1電極,前述取出電極及前述第2電極之中的相互相鄰電極間分別配置具有複數電子注入層與發光層之發光單元之有機EL元件的製造方法,具備將含離子性聚合物之塗布液成膜而形成前述電子注入層的步驟,與在形成前述電子注入層之前或是形成前述電子注入層之後,形成前述發光層的步驟。 Moreover, the present invention relates to a method for producing an organic EL device, comprising: a first electrode, a second electrode, and 1 or a plurality of extraction electrodes disposed between the first electrode and the second electrode; a method for producing an organic EL device having a plurality of electron injection layers and light-emitting units of a light-emitting layer between adjacent electrodes of the extraction electrode and the second electrode, and a coating liquid containing an ionic polymer; The step of forming the electron injecting layer by film formation, and the step of forming the light emitting layer before forming the electron injecting layer or after forming the electron injecting layer.

於形成前述電子注入層之步驟,係將含有離子性聚合 物之塗布液,於氮的體積比為90%以下,並且氧的體積比為10%以上30%以下的氛圍環境下,可以塗布。 In the step of forming the aforementioned electron injecting layer, the ionic polymerization is contained The coating liquid of the object can be applied in an atmosphere having a volume ratio of nitrogen of 90% or less and a volume ratio of oxygen of 10% or more and 30% or less.

根據本發明,可以實現具備在有機EL元件的製造步驟中,可以抑制劣化的電子注入層之有機EL元件。 According to the invention, it is possible to realize an organic EL device including an electron injecting layer capable of suppressing deterioration in the manufacturing process of the organic EL element.

發明實施之最佳形態: The best form of invention implementation:

本發明的有機EL元件是具備:第1電極、第2電極、在第1電極1與第2電極2之間,空出間隔所配置的1或是複數的取出電極3,與在第1電極,取出電極及第2電極之中互相相鄰電極間,分別配置具備電子注入層與發光層之發光單元。又,發光單元是有電子注入層與發光層,而電子注入層含有離子性聚合物。 The organic EL device of the present invention includes a first electrode, a second electrode, and a plurality of extraction electrodes 3 disposed between the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 at intervals, and the first electrode A light-emitting unit including an electron injection layer and a light-emitting layer is disposed between the electrodes adjacent to each other and the second electrode. Further, the light-emitting unit has an electron injecting layer and a light-emitting layer, and the electron injecting layer contains an ionic polymer.

即,本實施形態的有機EL元件,係以第1電極、1或是複數的取出電極,與第2電極的此順序分別空出間隔來配置,並且,在前述第1電極、1或是複數的前述取出電極、及前述第2電極之中的相互相鄰電極間,分別配置具備電子注入層與發光層的發光單元,前述電子注入層含有離子性聚合物。 In other words, the organic EL device of the present embodiment is configured such that the first electrode, the first electrode, or the plurality of extraction electrodes are arranged at intervals in the order of the second electrode, and the first electrode, the first electrode, or the plural electrode The light-emitting unit including the electron injection layer and the light-emitting layer is disposed between the extraction electrode and the adjacent electrodes among the second electrodes, and the electron injection layer contains an ionic polymer.

以下,參照第1圖說明有關有機EL元件的結構。第1圖,當作一個例子,表示具備3個取出電極3及4個發光單元4的有機EL元件,但取出電極3的個數及發光單元4的個數(取出電極的個數+1)是不限定在第1圖所示的形態者。 Hereinafter, the structure of the organic EL element will be described with reference to Fig. 1 . In the first embodiment, an organic EL element including three extraction electrodes 3 and four light-emitting units 4 is shown as an example. However, the number of the extraction electrodes 3 and the number of the light-emitting units 4 (the number of extracted electrodes + 1) are shown. It is not limited to the form shown in Fig. 1.

第1電極1及第2電極2,因應在後述之發光單元4的結構是作為陽極或是陰極之機能。由發光層所放射的光,因為是由第1電極1及第2電極2之中至少任何一方出射到外界,故第1電極1及第2電極2之中的至少一方,係藉由顯示光透過性的電極(光取出電極)而構成。 The first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 function as an anode or a cathode in accordance with the configuration of the light-emitting unit 4 to be described later. Since at least one of the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 is emitted to the outside by the light emitted from the light-emitting layer, at least one of the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 is displayed by light. It is composed of a transparent electrode (light extraction electrode).

在第1電極1與第2電極2與之間,設置有1或是複數的取出電極3。如以下說明般,取出電極3是由一層結構的電極或是複數層經積層之電極所成。例如一層結構的情形,取出電極3是由與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜或是與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜所構成。又,經複數層所積層之結構的情形,取出電極3是藉由與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜以及與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜的積層體所構成。 Between the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2, one or a plurality of extraction electrodes 3 are provided. As described below, the extraction electrode 3 is formed by a layer of electrodes or a plurality of layers of electrodes. For example, in the case of a one-layer structure, the take-out electrode 3 is composed of a conductive film of the same material as the anode or a conductive film of the same material as the cathode. Further, in the case of a structure in which a plurality of layers are laminated, the extraction electrode 3 is composed of a laminate of a conductive film of the same material as the anode and a conductive film of the same material as the cathode.

取出電極3,為了必需透過由發光層所放射之光,故是由顯示光透過性之電極來構成。 The electrode 3 is taken out, and is required to pass through the light which is transmitted through the light-emitting layer.

取出電極3是經由驅動有機EL元件之驅動電路11與預定的電配線而連接。在本實施形態,取出電極3是不限定正的電壓,也可能是施加負的電壓而與驅動電路11的直流電源連接。例如取出電極3,雖與第1圖之結構不同,但由第1電極1的厚度方向的一方來看(以下,有稱為「平面視角」(planar view)之情形),係形成由發光的產生區域延伸方式般突出,在其端部與前述電氣配線連接。又此情形,在平面視角中由發光的產生區域延伸之區域,第1電極1、第2電極2、各取出電極3,是試圖以相互不重疊 的方式而形成。 The extraction electrode 3 is connected to a predetermined electric wiring via a drive circuit 11 that drives the organic EL element. In the present embodiment, the extraction electrode 3 is not limited to a positive voltage, and may be connected to a DC power supply of the drive circuit 11 by applying a negative voltage. For example, the electrode 3 is different from the structure of the first embodiment, but it is formed by one of the thickness directions of the first electrode 1 (hereinafter, referred to as a "planar view"). The area extending is as prominent as the extension, and the end portion is connected to the electric wiring. In this case, the first electrode 1, the second electrode 2, and the respective extraction electrodes 3 are in an attempt to overlap each other in a region extending from the light-emitting region in the planar viewing angle. Formed by the way.

發光單元4是分別在第1電極1、1或是複數的前述取出電極3、及前述第2電極2中之相互相鄰電極間設置。即,發光單元4是在,(1)第1電極1,與在該第1電極1最靠近處所配置的取出電極3之間,(2)相互相鄰取出電極3間,及(3)與第2電極2,在該第2電極2最靠近處所配置之取出電極3之間設置。因此發光單元4,只要設置為在有機EL元件中設置的取出電極3的數加1的個數即可。又,在只有1個的取出電極3為設置形態(參照第2至5圖),由於沒有相互相鄰取出電極3之存在,故在上述的相互相鄰取出電極3間沒有設置發光單元。 The light-emitting unit 4 is provided between the first electrode 1, 1 or a plurality of the extraction electrodes 3 and the adjacent electrodes of the second electrode 2, respectively. That is, the light-emitting unit 4 is between (1) the first electrode 1 and the extraction electrode 3 disposed closest to the first electrode 1, (2) between the electrodes 3 adjacent to each other, and (3) and The second electrode 2 is provided between the extraction electrodes 3 disposed closest to the second electrode 2. Therefore, the number of the light-emitting units 4 may be set to be one plus one of the number of the extraction electrodes 3 provided in the organic EL element. Further, since only one of the extraction electrodes 3 is provided (see FIGS. 2 to 5), since the presence of the extraction electrodes 3 is not adjacent to each other, no light-emitting unit is provided between the adjacent extraction electrodes 3 described above.

各發光單元4至少具備電子注入層與發光層。又,在發光單元4是不限定此等電子注入層及發光層,因應必要可以設置預定的層。預定的層,例如,藉由由有機物所成之層、由無機物所成之層、由有機物與無機物所成之層等而構成。作為如此之預定的層者,可以列舉:電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電子阻擋層、電子輸送層、電洞阻擋層等。 Each of the light-emitting units 4 includes at least an electron injection layer and a light-emitting layer. Further, in the light-emitting unit 4, the electron injecting layer and the light-emitting layer are not limited, and a predetermined layer may be provided as necessary. The predetermined layer is composed of, for example, a layer made of an organic substance, a layer made of an inorganic substance, a layer made of an organic substance and an inorganic substance, or the like. As such a predetermined layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, and the like can be cited.

作為發光單元4的層結構者,例如,可以列舉:以下的a)至f)者。 As the layer structure of the light-emitting unit 4, for example, the following a) to f) can be cited.

a)發光層/電子注入層 a) luminescent layer / electron injection layer

b)發光層/電子輸送層/電子注入層 b) luminescent layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer

c)電洞注入層/發光層/電子注入層 c) hole injection layer / luminescent layer / electron injection layer

d)電洞注入層/發光層/電子輸送層/電子注入層 d) hole injection layer / luminescent layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer

e)電洞注入層/電洞輸送層/發光層/電子注入層 e) hole injection layer / hole transport layer / luminescent layer / electron injection layer

f)電洞注入層/電洞輸送層/發光層/電子輸送層/電子注入層(在此,記號「/」表示以該記號「/」所區畫的2層為相鄰並積層。以下,相同。) f) hole injection layer/hole transport layer/light-emitting layer/electron transport layer/electron injection layer (herein, the symbol "/" indicates that two layers drawn by the mark "/" are adjacent and laminated. ,the same.)

複數設置發光單元4,相互間此層結構可以是相同,也可以是相異。 The plurality of light-emitting units 4 are provided in plural, and the layer structure may be the same or different from each other.

將第1電極1作為基準時,上述a)至f)各結構之發光單元4的層結構之積層順序,分別存在2種。即,存在著相對於電子注入層,將發光層靠第1電極1邊配置第1的積層順序時,相對於發光層,將電子注入層靠第1電極1邊配置第2的積層順序。上述a)至f)的各層結構的發光單元4中,於第1的積層順序是將各層在上述a)至f)的記載中由左側順序積層,於第2的積層順序是將各層在上述a)至f)的記載中由右側順序積層。於本發明發光單元4的層結構也可以是任何的積層順序。 When the first electrode 1 is used as a reference, the order of lamination of the layer structures of the light-emitting units 4 of the respective configurations a) to f) is two. In other words, when the first layer is placed next to the first electrode 1 with respect to the electron injecting layer, the second layer is placed next to the first electrode 1 with respect to the light emitting layer. In the light-emitting unit 4 of each layer structure of the above a) to f), in the first layering order, the layers are sequentially stacked on the left side in the description of the above a) to f), and the second layer is in the order of the layers. In the description of a) to f), the layers are sequentially stacked on the right side. The layer structure of the light-emitting unit 4 of the present invention may also be any stacking order.

又,第1電極1、第2電極2、及取出電極3的結構,係藉由在各電極連接所配置之發光單元4的層結構之積層順序來特定。 Further, the configurations of the first electrode 1, the second electrode 2, and the extraction electrode 3 are specified by the order of lamination of the layer structures of the light-emitting units 4 disposed in the respective electrodes.

第1電極1及第2電極2的極性,是與連接在該電極並設置之發光單元4的層結構之積層順序有關係。 The polarities of the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 are related to the order of lamination of the layer structure of the light-emitting unit 4 connected to the electrode.

連接在第1電極1並設置發光單元4的層結構之積層順序為第1積層順序的情形,設置作為陽極機能的第1電極1。即,只考慮由第1電極1與連接在此第1電極所設置的發光單元4所成之積層體時,依作為陽極機能的第1 電極、發光層、電子注入層的順序,而積層各層。相反的,連接在第1電極1所設置發光單元4的層結構之積層順序為第2積層順序的情形,設置作為陰極機能的第1電極1。即,只考慮由第1電極與連接在此第1電極所設置之發光單元所成之積層體時,依作為陰極機能的第1電極、電子注入層、發光層的順序,積層各層。 When the layering order of the layer structure in which the first electrode 1 is connected and the light-emitting unit 4 is provided is the first layering order, the first electrode 1 serving as the anode function is provided. In other words, only the first electrode 1 and the laminated body formed by the light-emitting unit 4 provided in the first electrode are considered, and the first function as the anode function is considered. The order of the electrode, the light-emitting layer, and the electron injecting layer is laminated to each layer. On the other hand, in the case where the layering order of the layer structure of the light-emitting unit 4 provided in the first electrode 1 is the second layering order, the first electrode 1 serving as a cathode function is provided. In other words, when only the first electrode and the laminated body connected to the light-emitting unit provided in the first electrode are considered, the layers are laminated in the order of the first electrode, the electron injecting layer, and the light-emitting layer serving as the cathode function.

連接在第2電極2並設置發光單元4的層結構之積層順序為第1積層順序之情形,設置作為陰極機能之第2電極2。即,只考慮由連接在第2電極2所設置發光單元4與第2電極2所成之積層體時,依發光層、電子注入層、作為陰極機能之第2電極的順序而積層各層。相反的,連接在第2電極2所設置發光單元4的層結構之積層順序為第2積層順序的情形,設置作為陽極機能之第2電極2。即,只考慮由連接在第2電極2所設置發光單元4與第2電極2所成之積層體時,依電子注入層、發光層、作為陽極機能之第2電極的順序而積層各層。 When the layered order of the layer structure in which the second electrode 2 is connected and the light-emitting unit 4 is provided is the first layering order, the second electrode 2 serving as the cathode function is provided. In other words, when only the laminated body formed by the light-emitting unit 4 and the second electrode 2 provided in the second electrode 2 is connected, the layers are laminated in the order of the light-emitting layer, the electron injecting layer, and the second electrode serving as the cathode function. On the other hand, in the case where the layering order of the layer structure of the light-emitting unit 4 provided in the second electrode 2 is the second layering order, the second electrode 2 serving as the anode function is provided. In other words, when only the laminated body formed by the light-emitting unit 4 and the second electrode 2 provided in the second electrode 2 is connected, the layers are laminated in the order of the electron injection layer, the light-emitting layer, and the second electrode as the anode function.

取出電極3是根據挾持該取出電極3的一對發光單元4的層結構之積層順序,其結構為不同。 The extraction electrode 3 is in the order of lamination of the layer structure of the pair of light-emitting units 4 that hold the extraction electrode 3, and has a different structure.

層結構的積層順序為在不同發光單元4所挾持的取出電極3,是由一層電極所構成。例如,可以藉由與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜,及與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜之中的任何一方而構成。 The stacking order of the layer structures is the take-out electrode 3 held by the different light-emitting units 4, and is composed of one layer of electrodes. For example, it can be constituted by any one of a conductive film of the same material as the cathode and a conductive film of the same material as the anode.

具體的,在第1積層順序的發光單元4,與第2積層順序的發光單元4中所挾持之取出電極3,可以藉由與陰 極相同材料的導電性薄膜而構成。即,只考慮由第1積層順序的發光單元4,與第2積層順序的發光單元4,與挾持在此等之取出電極3所成之積層體時,也可以依發光層、電子注入層、與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜、電子注入層、發光層的順序而積層各層。 Specifically, in the light-emitting unit 4 of the first build-up order, and the take-out electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 of the second build-up sequence, the extraction electrode 3 can be used by It is composed of a conductive film of the same material. In other words, only the light-emitting unit 4 in the first layering order and the light-emitting unit 4 in the second layering order and the layered body formed by the extraction electrode 3 may be considered, and the light-emitting layer and the electron injection layer may be used. Each layer is laminated in the order of the conductive thin film, the electron injecting layer, and the light emitting layer of the same material as the cathode.

又,在第2積層順序的發光單元4,與第1積層順序的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3,可以藉由與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜而構成。即,只考慮由第2積層順序的發光單元4,與第1積層順序的發光單元4,與挾持在此等之取出電極3所成之積層體時,也可以依電子注入層、發光層、與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜、發光層、電子注入層的順序而積層各層。 Further, in the light-emitting unit 4 of the second build-up order, the take-out electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 of the first build-up order can be constituted by a conductive film of the same material as the anode. In other words, it is also possible to consider only the light-emitting unit 4 in the second layering order, the light-emitting unit 4 in the first layering order, and the layered body formed by the extraction electrode 3, or the electron-injecting layer or the light-emitting layer. Each layer is laminated in the order of the conductive thin film, the light-emitting layer, and the electron injecting layer of the same material as the anode.

另外,在層結構的積層順序為相同發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3,可以由與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜,以及與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜的積層體而構成。 Further, in the layered structure, the extraction electrode 3 held by the same light-emitting unit 4 can be constituted by a laminate of a conductive film of the same material as the cathode and a conductive film of the same material as the anode.

具體的,在第1積層順序的發光單元4,與第1積層順序的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3,可以在接近第1電極1之順序,將與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜,與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜依此順序所積層之積層體而構成。即,只考慮由第1積層順序的發光單元4,與第1積層順序的發光單元4,與在此等所挾持之取出電極3所成之積層體時,也可以依發光層、電子注入層、與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜、與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜、發光層、電子注入層的順序,而積層各層。 Specifically, in the light-emitting unit 4 of the first build-up order, the take-out electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 of the first build-up order can be made of a conductive film of the same material as the cathode in the order of the first electrode 1 The conductive film of the same material of the anode is formed by laminating the layers in this order. In other words, only the light-emitting unit 4 in the first build-up order, the light-emitting unit 4 in the first build-up order, and the laminate formed by the take-out electrode 3 held therein may be considered, and the light-emitting layer and the electron injection layer may be used. The layers of the conductive film of the same material as the cathode, the conductive film of the same material as the anode, the light-emitting layer, and the electron injecting layer are laminated.

又,在第2積層順序的發光單元4,與第2積層順序的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3,可以是藉由在接近第1電極1之順序,將與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜,及與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜依此順序所積層之積層體之結構。即,只考慮由第2積層順序的發光單元4,與第2積層順序的發光單元4,在此等所挾持之取出電極3所成之積層體時,也可以依電子注入層、發光層、與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜、與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜、電子注入層、發光層的順序,而積層各層。 Further, in the light-emitting unit 4 of the second build-up order, the take-out electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 of the second build-up order may be a conductive film of the same material as the anode in the order of approaching the first electrode 1. And a structure in which the conductive film of the same material as the cathode is laminated in this order. In other words, only the light-emitting unit 4 in the second build-up order and the light-emitting unit 4 in the second build-up order may be used in the laminated body formed by the extraction electrode 3, or the electron injection layer or the light-emitting layer. The layers of the conductive film of the same material as the anode, the conductive film of the same material as the cathode, the electron injecting layer, and the light-emitting layer are laminated.

又,設置3個以上的發光單元的情形,各發光單元的層結構之積層順序為交互不同般,也可以隔著取出電極而積層發光單元,又,各發光單元的層結構之積層順序為交互不同般,除了隔著取出電極將發光單元經複數積層之外,進一步,也可以試圖成為相同積層順序的方式,積層1或是複數的發光單元。即,在設置3個以上的發光單元的情形,也可以各發光單元的層結構之積層順序為交互試圖成不同方式,發光單元也可為混合隔著取出電極經積層部分,與在積層順序成為相同方式之經積層部分。 Further, in the case where three or more light-emitting units are provided, the layering order of the layer structures of the respective light-emitting units may be different from each other, and the light-emitting units may be laminated via the extraction electrodes, and the layering order of the layer structures of the respective light-emitting units may be interactive. In contrast, the light-emitting unit may be laminated in a plurality of layers by the extraction electrode, or a layer 1 or a plurality of light-emitting units may be laminated in an attempt to form the same layering order. In other words, in the case where three or more light-emitting units are provided, the layering order of the layer structures of the respective light-emitting units may be alternately attempted to be different, and the light-emitting unit may be mixed with the extraction electrode via the laminated portion, and in the layering order. The laminated part of the same way.

如以上,隔著取出電極在相鄰一對的前述發光單元中,將前述第1電極作為基準,發光層與電子注入層的積層順序為相反順序的情形,即,隔著取出電極,相鄰一對的發光單元是在一方的發光單元中,將第1電極作為基準,發光層與電子注入層的積層之順序,為與在另一方的發光單元中,發光層與電子注入層的積層順序是不同情形,取 出電極可以藉由一層結構電極(與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜及與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜之中的任何一方)而構成。因此,與層結構的積層順序為相同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3相比,取出電極3的個數可以削減,可以簡略化形成取出電極之步驟。 As described above, in the adjacent light-emitting units of the pair of extraction electrodes, the first electrode is used as a reference, and the order of lamination of the light-emitting layer and the electron injection layer is reversed, that is, adjacent to the extraction electrode In a pair of light-emitting units, in the case of one of the light-emitting units, the order of the light-emitting layer and the electron-injecting layer is based on the first electrode, and the order of the light-emitting layer and the electron-injecting layer is the same in the other light-emitting unit. Is a different situation, take The electrode can be formed by one layer of a structural electrode (a conductive film of the same material as the cathode and a conductive film of the same material as the anode). Therefore, the number of the extraction electrodes 3 can be reduced as compared with the extraction electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 having the same laminated order of the layer structure, and the step of forming the extraction electrode can be simplified.

關於發光單元4的個數、各層的厚度,係斟酌發光效率或元件壽命而適當設定。 The number of the light-emitting units 4 and the thickness of each layer are appropriately set in consideration of luminous efficiency or element life.

以下,在發光單元4的個數為2個的情形中,將層結構的積層順序為相同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3為設置形態的具體一例在(1-1)及(1-2)中,將層結構的積層順序為不同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3為設置形態的具體一例在(2-1)及(2-2)中,分別表示。又,在第2圖至第5圖並未表示驅動電路相關之圖示。 In the case where the number of the light-emitting units 4 is two, the specific examples in which the extraction electrodes 3 held by the light-emitting units 4 having the same layer structure are in the arrangement form are (1-1) and (1- In 2), a specific example in which the stacking order of the layer structure is different from that of the extraction electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 is shown in (2-1) and (2-2). Further, the drawings relating to the drive circuit are not shown in FIGS. 2 to 5.

(1-1)層結構的積層順序為相同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3為設置形態(參照第2圖) (1-1) The stacking order of the layer structure is the same as that of the extraction electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 (see FIG. 2)

第1電極1a(陽極)/電洞注入層5a/電洞輸送層6a/發光層7a/電子注入層8a/取出電極3a(與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜9a/與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜10a)/電洞注入層5a/電洞輸送層6a/發光層7a/電子注入層8a/第2電極2a(陰極) First electrode 1a (anode) / hole injection layer 5a / hole transport layer 6a / light-emitting layer 7a / electron injection layer 8a / take-out electrode 3a (conductive film 9a of the same material as the cathode / conductivity of the same material as the anode) Film 10a)/hole injection layer 5a/hole transport layer 6a/light-emitting layer 7a/electron injection layer 8a/second electrode 2a (cathode)

(1-2)層結構的積層順序為相同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3為設置形態(參照第3圖) (1-2) The stacking order of the layer structure is the same as that of the extraction electrode 3 held by the light-emitting unit 4 (see FIG. 3)

第1電極1b(陰極)/電子注入層8b/發光層7b/電洞輸送層6b/電洞注入層5b/取出電極3b(與陽極相同材料的導 電性薄膜10b/與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜9b)電子注入層8b/發光層7b/電洞輸送層6b/電洞注入層5b/第2電極2b(陽極) First electrode 1b (cathode) / electron injection layer 8b / light-emitting layer 7b / hole transport layer 6b / hole injection layer 5b / take-out electrode 3b (guide of the same material as the anode Electroconductive film 10b / Conductive film 9b of the same material as the cathode) Electron injection layer 8b / Light-emitting layer 7b / Hole transport layer 6b / Hole injection layer 5b / Second electrode 2b (Anode)

(2-1)層結構的積層順序為不同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3為設置形態(參照第4圖) (2-1) The stacking order of the layer structure is such that the extraction electrodes 3 held by the different light-emitting units 4 are in an installation form (see FIG. 4).

第1電極1c(陽極)/電洞注入層5c/電洞輸送層6c/發光層7c/電子注入層8c/取出電極3c(與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜9c)/電子注入層8c/發光層7c/電洞輸送層6c/電洞注入層5c/第2電極2c(陽極) First electrode 1c (anode) / hole injection layer 5c / hole transport layer 6c / light-emitting layer 7c / electron injection layer 8c / take-out electrode 3c (conductive film 9c of the same material as the cathode) / electron injection layer 8c / light Layer 7c/hole transport layer 6c/hole injection layer 5c/second electrode 2c (anode)

(2-2)層結構的積層順序為不同的發光單元4所挾持之取出電極3為設置形態(參照第5圖) (2-2) The stacking order of the layer structure is such that the extraction electrodes 3 held by the different light-emitting units 4 are in an installation form (see FIG. 5).

第1電極1d(陰極)/電子注入層8d/發光層7d/電洞輸送層6d/電洞注入層5d/取出電極3d(與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜10d)/電洞注入層5d/電洞輸送層6d/發光層7d/電子注入層8d/第2電極2d(陰極) First electrode 1d (cathode) / electron injection layer 8d / light-emitting layer 7d / hole transport layer 6d / hole injection layer 5d / take-out electrode 3d (conductive film 10d of the same material as the anode) / hole injection layer 5d / Hole transport layer 6d / light-emitting layer 7d / electron injection layer 8d / second electrode 2d (cathode)

以上說明之結構的有機EL元件中,藉由在第1電極1、第2電極2、及1或是複數的取出電極3分別施加預定的電壓,在各發光單元4可以獨立施加預定的電壓。藉由此,由各發光單元4放射光的強度可以獨立調控。 In the organic EL device having the above-described configuration, a predetermined voltage is applied to each of the first, first, second, and second electrodes 2, and a plurality of extraction electrodes 3, and a predetermined voltage can be independently applied to each of the light-emitting units 4. Thereby, the intensity of the light emitted by each of the light-emitting units 4 can be independently regulated.

又,由於有機EL元件具備複數的發光單元4,故具備複數的發光層。在相互不同發光單元設置一對的發光層,係藉由放射相互不同色的顏光之發光層,或是放射相同顏色光之發光層而構成。 Further, since the organic EL element includes a plurality of light-emitting units 4, it has a plurality of light-emitting layers. A pair of light-emitting layers provided in mutually different light-emitting units is formed by emitting light-emitting layers of different colors of light or emitting light-emitting layers of the same color.

(i)設置複數層放射相同顏色光之發光層的情形 (i) setting the case where a plurality of layers emit light of the same color

藉由獨立調控由各發光單元放射光的強度,將由有機EL元件所射出光的顏色作成幾乎在相同狀態,可以變化此光之強度。 By independently controlling the intensity of light emitted from each of the light-emitting units, the color of the light emitted from the organic EL element is made almost the same, and the intensity of the light can be changed.

(ii)設置放射相互不同顏色光之發光層的情形 (ii) the case of illuminating a luminescent layer that emits light of different colors from each other

由有機EL元件,為了射出由各發光單元所放射之各種顏色的光為重疊之光,藉由獨立調控由各發光單元所放射光的強度,可以調控由有機EL元件射出光的顏色,及此之光強度。 In order to emit light of various colors emitted by the respective light-emitting units, the organic EL element can adjust the intensity of light emitted from the organic light-emitting elements by independently controlling the intensity of light emitted from the respective light-emitting elements, and Light intensity.

放射相互相同顏色光之發光層,只要使用相互相同發光材料而形成各層就可以。又,放射相互不同顏色光之發光層,只要使用相互不同發光材料而形成各層就可以。在混合複數種類材料而形成發光層的情形,放射相互不同顏色光之發光層,此材料也可以為部分共通。 The light-emitting layers that emit light of the same color may be formed by using the same light-emitting material. Further, the light-emitting layers that emit light of different colors may be formed by using mutually different light-emitting materials. In the case where a plurality of types of materials are mixed to form a light-emitting layer, light-emitting layers of mutually different color light are emitted, and this material may also be partially common.

又設置3個以上的發光單元的情形,雖然發光層是設置3層以上,但例如,也可以將此之中的2層,作成放射相同顏色光之發光層,將其餘的發光層作為放射相互不同顏色光之發光層。 In the case where three or more light-emitting units are provided, although the light-emitting layer is provided in three or more layers, for example, two of the light-emitting layers may be formed as light-emitting layers that emit light of the same color, and the remaining light-emitting layers may be radiated to each other. Light-emitting layers of different colors of light.

以上的有機EL元件,例如是使用在顯示裝置的背光或畫素的光源,或是照明裝置中。即,藉由將1或是複數的有機EL元件在預定的基板上形成,可以製作顯示裝置或照明裝置。 The above organic EL element is, for example, a light source used in a backlight or a pixel of a display device, or an illumination device. That is, a display device or an illumination device can be produced by forming one or a plurality of organic EL elements on a predetermined substrate.

其次,說明有關有機EL元件的製造方法。 Next, a method of manufacturing an organic EL element will be described.

本實施形態的有機EL元件的製造方法,係第1電極、1或是複數的取出電極、與第2電極為以此順序分別間隔 配置,並且在前述第1電極、前述1或是複數的取出電極、及前述第2電極之中的相鄰電極之間,各自設置發光單元而構成的有機EL元件之製造方法,該方法包含形成第1電極之步驟、形成第2電極之步驟、形成1或是複數的取出電極之步驟與形成發光單元之步驟,在形成前述發光單元之步驟中,係將含離子性聚合物之塗布液塗布成膜,藉由硬化此等而形成電子注入層,進一步,在形成電子注入層之前或是形成電子注入層之後,形成發光層,形成含有電子注入層與發光層之發光單元。 In the method for producing an organic EL device of the present embodiment, the first electrode, the first electrode, the plurality of extraction electrodes, and the second electrode are spaced apart in this order. And a method of manufacturing an organic EL element comprising the light-emitting unit provided between each of the first electrode, the first electrode or the plurality of extraction electrodes, and the adjacent electrode of the second electrode, wherein the method includes forming a step of forming a first electrode, a step of forming a second electrode, a step of forming 1 or a plurality of extraction electrodes, and a step of forming a light-emitting unit, in the step of forming the light-emitting unit, coating a coating liquid containing an ionic polymer The film formation is performed by curing the electron injecting layer, and further, before the electron injecting layer is formed or after the electron injecting layer is formed, a light emitting layer is formed to form a light emitting unit including the electron injecting layer and the light emitting layer.

本實施形態的有機EL元件,例如,可以(1)由第1電極的順序,將各結構要素順序積層之方法,或是,(2)藉由層合(laminate)法而形成。 The organic EL device of the present embodiment can be formed, for example, by (1) sequentially stacking the respective constituent elements in the order of the first electrode, or (2) by lamination.

(1)順序積層各結構要素的情形 (1) The case of sequentially arranging each structural element

具備2個發光單元4的情形,在支持基板等,將第1電極1、發光單元4、取出電極3、發光單元4、第2電極2依此順序藉由積層,可以形成有機EL元件。 In the case where the two light-emitting units 4 are provided, the organic EL element can be formed by laminating the first electrode 1, the light-emitting unit 4, the extraction electrode 3, the light-emitting unit 4, and the second electrode 2 in this order on a support substrate or the like.

具備3個以上的發光單元4之情形,在支持基板等,將第1電極1、發光單元4順序積層,進一步,將取出電極3、發光單元4順序壓層之步驟,進行1次或是重複數次,最後藉由積層第2電極2,可以形成有機EL元件。 In the case where three or more light-emitting units 4 are provided, the first electrode 1 and the light-emitting unit 4 are sequentially laminated on a support substrate or the like, and the step of sequentially laminating the extraction electrode 3 and the light-emitting unit 4 is performed once or repeatedly. Several times, finally, the organic EL element can be formed by laminating the second electrode 2.

(2)層合法的情形 (2) Layered situation

有機EL元件在厚度方向以垂直的假設平面切斷時,在準備將由第1電極切斷面的層預先形成之第1構件的同時,準備將由第2電極由切斷面的層預先形成第2構件, 將此等第1構件與第2構件切斷面藉由黏貼可以形成有機EL元件。 When the organic EL element is cut in a vertical plane in the thickness direction, the first member to be formed by the layer of the first electrode cut surface is prepared, and the second electrode is formed in advance by the layer of the cut surface. member, The organic EL element can be formed by adhering the first member and the second member cut surface.

第1電極1及第2電極2設置成相當於作為陽極或是陰極之電極。有關陽極與陰極的形成方法及此材料是如後述。 The first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 are provided to correspond to an electrode serving as an anode or a cathode. The method of forming the anode and the cathode and the material thereof will be described later.

取出電極3是可以與後述之陽極或是陰極同樣形成。在1層的情形,取出電極3是與陽極或是陰極相同材料,藉由相同形成方法來形成。在2層的情形是與陽極及陰極中的一方相同材料,藉由相同形成方法形成一方的層,進一步與陽極及陰極中的另一方相同材料,藉由相同形成方法形成另一方的層,藉由積層而形成此等的層。又,取出電極3,也可以與後述之陽極或是陰極相同材料而形成,也可以用與第1電極1或是第2電極2不同材料來形成。 The extraction electrode 3 can be formed in the same manner as the anode or the cathode described later. In the case of the first layer, the extraction electrode 3 is made of the same material as the anode or the cathode, and is formed by the same formation method. In the case of two layers, the same material as one of the anode and the cathode is formed, and one layer is formed by the same formation method, and the other material is formed in the same manner as the other of the anode and the cathode, and the other layer is formed by the same formation method. These layers are formed by lamination. Further, the electrode 3 may be taken out, or may be formed of the same material as the anode or the cathode described later, or may be formed of a material different from that of the first electrode 1 or the second electrode 2.

由於取出電極3太厚時變得不透明,另一方面,太薄時電阻變高,故此厚度是斟酌光的透過率及電阻等而適當地設定。 When the extraction electrode 3 is too thick, it becomes opaque. On the other hand, when the extraction electrode 3 is too thin, the electric resistance becomes high. Therefore, the thickness is appropriately set in consideration of light transmittance, electric resistance, and the like.

形成發光單元之步驟,將含有離子性聚合物之塗布液塗布成膜,藉由硬化此等而形成電子注入層,進一步,在形成電子注入層之前或是形成電子注入層之後,形成發光層,可以形成含有電子注入層與發光層之發光單元。發光單元,例如將上述之a)至f)結構的各層以第1積層順序,或是第2積層順序來順序積層,或是藉由層合法依第1積層順序,或是第2積層順序來形成。 a step of forming a light-emitting unit, coating a coating liquid containing an ionic polymer into a film, forming an electron injecting layer by hardening, and further forming a light-emitting layer before forming an electron injecting layer or after forming an electron injecting layer, A light emitting unit including an electron injecting layer and a light emitting layer may be formed. For the light-emitting unit, for example, the layers of the above structures a) to f) are sequentially stacked in the first layering order or the second layering order, or by the layering according to the first layering order or the second layering order. form.

順序積層各層之形態,相對於電子注入層,在將發光 層在靠近第1電極1配置的第1積層順序之情形,在形成電子注入層之前,首先形成發光層,之後,形成電子注入層。又,在相對於發光層將電子注入層在靠近第1電極1配置之第2積層順序的情形,在形成電子注入層之後,形成發光層。 The form of each layer in the sequential layer, relative to the electron injecting layer, will emit light In the case where the layer is in the order of the first buildup layer disposed adjacent to the first electrode 1, the light-emitting layer is first formed before the formation of the electron-injecting layer, and thereafter, the electron-injecting layer is formed. Moreover, in the case where the electron injection layer is placed in the second buildup layer close to the first electrode 1 with respect to the light-emitting layer, after the electron injection layer is formed, the light-emitting layer is formed.

電子注入層是將含有離子性聚合物之塗布液塗布成膜,藉由硬化此等而形成。如後述因為離子性聚合物在大氣中,比較安定,故使用含有此離子性聚合物之塗布液藉由塗布法而可以形成。 The electron injecting layer is formed by applying a coating liquid containing an ionic polymer to a film and curing it. Since the ionic polymer is relatively stable in the air as described later, it can be formed by a coating method using a coating liquid containing the ionic polymer.

含有離子性聚合物的塗布液之塗布,例如,於氮氣或氬氣等惰性氣體之氛圍環境中也可以進行,從製造步驟簡易化之觀點而言,係以在氮的體積比在90%以下,並且氧的體積比為10%至30%的環境中來進行為理想,以在氮的體積比為60%至90%,氧的體積比為10%至30%,水蒸氣的體積比為0.0001%至0.01%,壓力為10kPa至1000kPa,溫度為5℃至100℃的環境中來進行為較佳,以在氮的體積比為70%至90%,氧的體積比為10%至30%,水蒸氣的體積比為0.002%至0.005%,壓力為80kPa至120kPa,溫度為20℃至30℃的環境中來進行為更佳,在大氣中溫度20℃至30℃中進行為最佳。 The application of the coating liquid containing an ionic polymer can be carried out, for example, in an atmosphere of an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, and the volume ratio of nitrogen is 90% or less from the viewpoint of simplifying the production steps. And it is desirable to carry out an environment in which the volume ratio of oxygen is 10% to 30%, so that the volume ratio of nitrogen is 60% to 90%, the volume ratio of oxygen is 10% to 30%, and the volume ratio of water vapor is 0.0001% to 0.01%, a pressure of 10 kPa to 1000 kPa, and a temperature of 5 ° C to 100 ° C are preferably carried out so that the volume ratio of nitrogen is 70% to 90%, and the volume ratio of oxygen is 10% to 30%. %, the volume ratio of water vapor is 0.002% to 0.005%, the pressure is 80 kPa to 120 kPa, and the temperature is preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C, preferably in the atmosphere at a temperature of 20 ° C to 30 ° C. .

含有離子性聚合物塗布液的塗布,可以斟酌有機EL元件的形狀或步驟的簡易度等而選擇最適當的公知塗布法當作塗布法,使用此法來進行。作為塗布法者,例如,可以列舉:旋轉塗布法、鑄模法、微照像塗布法、照像塗布 法、棒塗布法、滾筒塗布法、線-棒塗布法、浸漬塗布法、噴霧塗布法、網篩印刷法、軟版印刷法、平版印刷法及噴墨印刷法。 The coating method containing the ionic polymer coating liquid can be carried out by using this method by selecting the most appropriate known coating method as a coating method in consideration of the shape of the organic EL element, the ease of the steps, and the like. Examples of the coating method include a spin coating method, a mold method, a micro-image coating method, and a photo coating method. Method, bar coating method, roll coating method, wire-bar coating method, dip coating method, spray coating method, mesh screen printing method, soft printing method, lithography method, and inkjet printing method.

將含有離子性聚合物之塗布液塗布成膜的薄膜硬化,係藉由自然乾燥,加熱乾燥及真空乾燥等來進行。又,在使用含有藉由加熱或是光照射聚合材料之塗布液的情形,藉由加熱或是光照射薄膜而可以硬化。 The film in which the coating liquid containing an ionic polymer is applied to form a film is cured by natural drying, heat drying, vacuum drying, or the like. Further, in the case of using a coating liquid containing a polymer material by heating or light irradiation, the film can be cured by heating or light irradiation.

薄膜的硬化,也可以在真空環境中或是氮氣或氬氣等惰氣環境中進行,從製造步驟簡易化的觀點而言,是以氮的體積比為90%以下,並且氧的體積比為10%至30%的環境中進行為佳,以氮的體積比為60%至90%,氧的體積比為10%至30%,水蒸氣的體積比為0.0001%至0.01%,壓力為10kPa至1000kPa,溫度為60℃至200℃的環境中進行為較佳,以氮的體積比為70%至90%,氧的體積比為10%至30%,水蒸氣的體積比為0.002%至0.005%,壓力為80kPa至120kPa,溫度為50℃至250℃的環境中進行為更佳,在大氣中溫度20℃至30℃進行為最好。 The hardening of the film can also be carried out in a vacuum environment or in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. From the viewpoint of simplifying the production steps, the volume ratio of nitrogen is 90% or less, and the volume ratio of oxygen is It is preferably carried out in an environment of 10% to 30%, wherein the volume ratio of nitrogen is 60% to 90%, the volume ratio of oxygen is 10% to 30%, the volume ratio of water vapor is 0.0001% to 0.01%, and the pressure is 10 kPa. It is preferably carried out in an environment of 1000 kPa and a temperature of 60 ° C to 200 ° C, wherein the volume ratio of nitrogen is 70% to 90%, the volume ratio of oxygen is 10% to 30%, and the volume ratio of water vapor is 0.002% to It is more preferably carried out in an environment of 0.005%, a pressure of 80 kPa to 120 kPa, and a temperature of 50 ° C to 250 ° C, and is preferably carried out at an atmospheric temperature of 20 ° C to 30 ° C.

發光層以及因應必要而設置的電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電子阻擋層、電洞阻擋層、及電子輸送層等,藉由前述之塗布法或後述之蒸鍍法等公知方法可以形成。此等,也可以在真空環境中或是氮氣或氬氣等惰性氣體環境中形成,從製造步驟簡易化之觀點而言,是以將至少1層,在塗布含有上述之離子性聚合物的塗布液之際,或是硬化薄膜之際作為理想的環境列舉為環境來形成為佳。 The light-emitting layer and the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the electron blocking layer, the hole barrier layer, and the electron transport layer which are provided as necessary may be formed by a known method such as the above-described coating method or a vapor deposition method to be described later. . These may be formed in a vacuum atmosphere or an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. From the viewpoint of simplifying the production steps, at least one layer is coated with the ionic polymer described above. It is preferable to form the environment as an ideal environment at the time of the liquid or the hardened film.

如上述,後述之離子性聚合物,由於在大氣中比較安定,故例如在如上述的環境中作為形成發光層等,可以抑制電子注入層的劣化。如此,藉由真空環境中或是沒有導入氮氣或氬氣等惰性氣體的環境形成發光層等,可以實現製造步驟的簡易化。 As described above, since the ionic polymer to be described later is relatively stable in the atmosphere, for example, in the above-described environment, formation of a light-emitting layer or the like can suppress deterioration of the electron injection layer. As described above, the production step can be simplified by forming a light-emitting layer or the like in a vacuum environment or an environment in which an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon is not introduced.

以下,說明有關有機EL元件的各結構要素,有關此材料及形成方法。 Hereinafter, each component of the organic EL device will be described, and the material and the formation method will be described.

如前述在發光單元中,不止發光層及電子注入層,作為與發光層及電子注入層不同之預定層,可設置電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電子阻擋層、電子輸送層、電洞阻擋層等。 As described above, in the light-emitting unit, not only the light-emitting layer and the electron injection layer, but also a predetermined layer different from the light-emitting layer and the electron injection layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, an electron transport layer, and a hole can be provided. Barrier layer, etc.

電子注入層具有改善由陰極的電子注入效率之機能。電子輸送層具有改善由連接在陰極側表面之層之電子注入效率之機能。電洞阻擋層具有阻擋電洞的輸送之機能。又在電子注入層,及/或電子輸送層具有阻擋電洞的輸送之機能的情形,此等的層兼具為電洞阻擋層。 The electron injection layer has a function of improving the efficiency of electron injection from the cathode. The electron transport layer has a function of improving the electron injection efficiency of the layer connected to the cathode side surface. The hole barrier layer has a function of blocking the transport of the holes. Further, in the case where the electron injecting layer and/or the electron transporting layer have a function of blocking the transport of the holes, the layers also serve as a hole blocking layer.

電洞注入層具有改善由陽極的電洞注入效率之機能。電洞輸送層具有改善由連接在陽極側表面之層之電洞注入效率之機能。電子阻擋層具有阻擋電子的輸送機能。又在電洞注入層及/或電洞輸送層具有阻擋電子輸送之機能的情形,此等的層兼具為電子阻擋層。 The hole injection layer has a function of improving the efficiency of hole injection by the anode. The hole transport layer has a function of improving the efficiency of hole injection by the layer connected to the anode side surface. The electron blocking layer has a conveyor function that blocks electrons. Further, the hole injection layer and/or the hole transport layer have a function of blocking electron transport, and these layers also serve as an electron blocking layer.

又,可以將電子注入層及電洞注入層總稱為電荷注入層,可以將電子輸送層及電洞輸送層總稱為電荷輸送層。 Further, the electron injecting layer and the hole injecting layer may be collectively referred to as a charge injecting layer, and the electron transporting layer and the hole transporting layer may be collectively referred to as a charge transporting layer.

有機EL元件有(1)底發光型(Bottom Emission)的結 構者,與(2)頂發光型的結構者,與(3)兩面發光型的結構者。有機EL元件通常設置在支持基板,底發光型的有機EL元件是將通過支持基板光射出到外界,頂發光型的有機EL元件是將由支持基板相對側的光射出到外界,兩面發光型的有機EL元件是由支持基板側及支持基板相對側的兩方將光射出到外界。本發明是可以適用底發光型、頂發光型、及兩面發光型的有機EL元件中之任一種。 The organic EL element has (1) Bottom Emission knot. The constructor, (2) the top-emission type structure, and (3) the two-sided light-emitting type structure. The organic EL element is usually provided on a support substrate, and the bottom emission type organic EL element emits light through the support substrate to the outside, and the top emission type organic EL element emits light from the opposite side of the support substrate to the outside, and the two-sided organic type The EL element emits light to the outside from both sides of the support substrate side and the support substrate. In the present invention, any one of a bottom emission type, a top emission type, and a double-sided emission type organic EL element can be applied.

在底發光型的有機EL元件,由於通過第1電極的光射出到外界,第1電極雖可以藉由顯示光透過性之電極來構成,但是相反的離開間隔支持基板所配置的第2電極是藉由反射通常光之電極所構成。又在頂發光型的有機EL元件,對於第1電極,由於通過由支持基板離開所配置之第2電極的光射出到外界,故第2電極為藉由顯示光透過性之電極而可以構成,相反的在靠近支持基板所配置之第1電極是藉由反射通常光之電極而構成。又,在兩面發光型的有機EL元件,第1及第2電極的兩方電極為藉由顯示光透過性之電極而構成。 In the bottom emission type organic EL device, since the light passing through the first electrode is emitted to the outside, the first electrode can be formed by an electrode that exhibits light transmittance, but the second electrode disposed opposite to the spacer support substrate is It consists of an electrode that reflects normal light. Further, in the top-emission type organic EL device, since the light from the second electrode disposed on the support substrate is emitted to the outside of the first electrode, the second electrode can be formed by an electrode that exhibits light transmittance. Conversely, the first electrode disposed adjacent to the support substrate is configured by reflecting an electrode of normal light. Further, in the double-emitting type organic EL device, the both electrodes of the first and second electrodes are formed by electrodes that exhibit light transmittance.

<支持基板> <Support substrate>

如前述有機EL元件通常形成在支持基板上。支持基板以在製造有機EL元件之步驟中不會有化學變化者為適合使用,例如是使用玻璃、塑膠、高分子薄膜、及矽板,以及積層此等者。又也可以將驅動有機EL元件之驅動電路為預先形成之驅動用基板作為支持基板使用。將通過支持基板之光為射出結構的底發光型或是兩面發光型的有機 EL元件搭載在支持基板的情形,在支持基板是使用顯示光透過性之基板。 The organic EL element as described above is usually formed on a support substrate. The support substrate is suitable for use in the step of manufacturing the organic EL element without chemical change, for example, using glass, plastic, polymer film, and ruthenium, and laminating. Further, the driving circuit for driving the organic EL element may be used as a supporting substrate for the driving substrate formed in advance. A bottom-emitting type or a two-sided type of organic light that passes through the support substrate as an emission structure When the EL element is mounted on a support substrate, the support substrate is a substrate that exhibits light transmittance.

<陽極> <anode>

由發光層放射之光為通過陽極射出到外部的結構之有機EL元件的情形,在陽極是使用顯示光透過性之電極。作為顯示光透過性之電極者,可以使用金屬氧化物、金屬硫化物及金屬等的薄膜,但以電傳導度及光透過率高者為適合使用。作為電極者,具體的使用由氧化銦、氧化鋅、氧化錫、ITO、銦鋅氧化物(Indium Zinc Oxide:略稱IZO)、金、鉑、銀、及銅等所成的薄膜,此等之中以由ITO、IZO、或是氧化錫所成的薄膜為適合使用。作為陽極的製作方法者,可以列舉:真空蒸鍍法、濺鍍法、離子電鍍法,鍍覆法等。又,作為該陽極者,也可以使用聚苯胺或是其衍生物、聚噻吩或是其衍生物等的有機透明導電膜。有機的透明導電膜,藉由使用聚噻吩等的有機導電材料之塗布法可以製作。 The light emitted from the light-emitting layer is an organic EL element having a structure that is emitted to the outside through the anode, and an electrode that exhibits light transmittance is used at the anode. As the electrode for exhibiting light transmittance, a film of a metal oxide, a metal sulfide, or a metal can be used, but it is suitable for use in a case where the electrical conductivity and the light transmittance are high. As the electrode, a film made of indium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, ITO, indium zinc oxide (Indium Zinc Oxide: IZO), gold, platinum, silver, copper, or the like is specifically used. A film made of ITO, IZO, or tin oxide is suitably used. Examples of the method for producing the anode include a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, and a plating method. Further, as the anode, an organic transparent conductive film such as polyaniline or a derivative thereof, polythiophene or a derivative thereof may be used. The organic transparent conductive film can be produced by a coating method using an organic conductive material such as polythiophene.

陽極的膜厚,考慮到所要求的特性及步驟的簡易度等而適當設定,例如是10nm至10μm,理想的是20nm至1μm,更好的是50 nm至500 nm。 The film thickness of the anode is appropriately set in consideration of the required characteristics and the ease of the steps, and the like, for example, 10 nm to 10 μm, desirably 20 nm to 1 μm, more preferably 50 nm to 500 nm.

<電洞注入層> <hole injection layer>

作為構成電洞注入層之電洞注入材料者,例如,可以列舉:氧化釩、氧化鉬、氧化釕及氧化鋁等金屬氧化物、苯基胺系化合物、星爆型胺系化合物、酞菁系化合物、非晶型碳、聚苯胺及聚噻吩衍生物。 Examples of the hole injecting material constituting the hole injection layer include metal oxides such as vanadium oxide, molybdenum oxide, cerium oxide, and aluminum oxide, phenylamine compounds, starburst amine compounds, and phthalocyanines. Compounds, amorphous carbons, polyanilines, and polythiophene derivatives.

作為電洞注入層的成膜方法者,例如可以列舉:由含有電洞注入材料的溶液之成膜。例如,藉由預定的塗布法將含有電洞注入材料的溶液塗布成膜,進一步藉由硬化此等可以形成電洞注入層。塗布膜的硬化,可以藉由自然乾燥、加熱乾燥、真空乾燥等來進行,進一步也可以藉由照射預定的光來進行。 As a film formation method of a hole injection layer, the film formation of the solution containing the hole injection material is mentioned, for example. For example, a solution containing a hole injecting material is applied to a film by a predetermined coating method, and further, a hole injection layer can be formed by hardening. The hardening of the coating film can be carried out by natural drying, heat drying, vacuum drying, or the like, or can be carried out by irradiating predetermined light.

作為在由溶液成膜而使用的溶劑,例如,可以列舉:氯仿、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷等氯系溶劑,四氫呋喃等醚系溶劑,甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑,丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮系溶劑,醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、乙基纖維素醋酸酯等酯系溶劑,及水。 Examples of the solvent to be used for the film formation from the solution include a chlorine solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane or dichloroethane, an ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene or xylene, or acetone. A ketone solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone; an ester solvent such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate or ethyl cellulose acetate; and water.

電洞注入層的膜厚,考慮所要求的特性及步驟的簡易度等而適當設定,例如是1nm至1μm,理想的是2nm至500nm,更理想的是5nm至200nm。 The film thickness of the hole injection layer is appropriately set in consideration of desired characteristics, ease of steps, and the like, and is, for example, 1 nm to 1 μm, preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more desirably 5 nm to 200 nm.

<電洞輸送層> <hole transport layer>

作為構成電洞輸送層之電洞輸送材料者,例如,可以列舉:聚乙烯基咔唑或其衍生物、聚矽烷或其衍生物、在側鏈或是主鏈有芳香族胺之聚矽氧烷衍生物、吡唑啉衍生物、芳香族胺衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、三苯基二胺衍生物、聚苯胺或其衍生物、聚噻吩或其衍生物、聚芳基胺或其衍生物、聚吡咯或其衍生物、聚(對-伸苯基伸乙烯)或其衍生物、及聚(2,5-伸噻吩基伸乙烯)或其衍生物。 As the hole transporting material constituting the hole transporting layer, for example, polyvinylcarbazole or a derivative thereof, polydecane or a derivative thereof, polyfluorene having an aromatic amine in a side chain or a main chain may be mentioned. Alkane derivative, pyrazoline derivative, aromatic amine derivative, stilbene derivative, triphenyldiamine derivative, polyaniline or derivative thereof, polythiophene or derivative thereof, polyarylamine or a derivative, a polypyrrole or a derivative thereof, a poly(p-phenylenevinylene) or a derivative thereof, and a poly(2,5-thiophenylene extended ethylene) or a derivative thereof.

此等之中,作為電洞輸送材料者,係以聚乙烯基咔唑或其衍生物、聚矽烷或其衍生物、在側鏈或是主鏈有芳香 族胺化合物基之聚矽氧烷衍生物、聚苯胺或其衍生物、聚噻吩或其衍生物、聚芳基胺或其衍生物、聚(對-伸苯基伸乙烯)或其衍生物、或是聚(2,5-伸噻吩基伸乙烯)或其衍生物等的高分子電洞輸送材料為佳,更佳的是聚乙烯基咔唑或其衍生物、聚矽烷或其衍生物、在側鏈或是主鏈有芳香族胺之聚矽氧烷衍生物。在低分子的電洞輸送材料的情形,是以在高分子黏著劑中分散而使用為佳。 Among these, as a material for transporting holes, polyvinyl carbazole or a derivative thereof, polydecane or a derivative thereof, and a fragrance in a side chain or a main chain are used. a polyamine derivative-based polyoxane derivative, polyaniline or a derivative thereof, polythiophene or a derivative thereof, polyarylamine or a derivative thereof, poly(p-phenylenevinylene) or a derivative thereof, or It is preferably a polymer hole transporting material such as poly(2,5-thienylthiophene) or a derivative thereof, more preferably polyvinylcarbazole or a derivative thereof, polydecane or a derivative thereof, on the side A chain or a polyoxane derivative having an aromatic amine in the main chain. In the case of a low molecular hole transport material, it is preferred to use it in a polymer adhesive.

作為電洞輸送層的成膜方法者,例如可以列舉:由含有電洞輸送材料的溶液來成膜。例如藉由預定的塗布法將含有電洞輸送材料之溶液塗布成膜,進一步藉由硬化此等可以形成電洞輸送層。在低分子的電洞輸送材料,也可以使用進一步將高分子黏著劑混合之溶液來成膜。 As a film forming method of a hole transport layer, for example, a film is formed from a solution containing a hole transporting material. The solution containing the hole transporting material is applied, for example, by a predetermined coating method, and the hole transporting layer can be further formed by hardening. In the low-molecular hole transporting material, a solution in which a polymer binder is further mixed may be used to form a film.

作為在由溶液的成膜中使用之溶劑者,例如,可以列舉:氯仿、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷等氯系溶劑,四氫呋喃等醚系溶劑,甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑,丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮系溶劑,醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、乙基纖維素醋酸酯等酯系溶劑。 Examples of the solvent to be used for the film formation of the solution include a chlorine solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane or dichloroethane, an ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene or xylene. A ketone solvent such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone; an ester solvent such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate or ethyl cellulose acetate.

作為在低分子的電洞輸送材料中混合之高分子黏著劑者,係以不極度阻礙電荷輸送者為佳,又對可見光吸收弱者為適合使用,例如,可以列舉:聚碳酸酯、聚丙烯酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚苯乙烯,聚氯化乙烯及聚矽氧烷。 The polymer adhesive to be mixed in the low-molecular hole transporting material is preferably one which does not extremely inhibit the charge transport, and which is suitable for the weak visible light absorption. For example, polycarbonate or polyacrylate is exemplified. , polymethacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride and polyoxyalkylene.

電洞輸送層的膜厚,係考慮到所要求的特性及步驟的簡易度等而適當設定,例如是1nm至1μm,理想的是2nm 至500nm,更佳的是5nm至200nm。 The film thickness of the hole transport layer is appropriately set in consideration of the required characteristics and the ease of the steps, and is, for example, 1 nm to 1 μm, preferably 2 nm. Up to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm.

<發光層> <Light Emitting Layer>

發光層,通常主要是發出螢光及/或是磷光之有機物,或是由該有機物與補助此之摻雜物所形成。例如為了提高發光效率,或改變發光波長而添加之摻雜物。又在發光層所含之有機物,可以是低分子化合物也可以是高分子化合物。由於比起低分子化合物,對溶劑的溶解性一般較高的高分子化合物是適合在塗布法中使用,故發光層是以含有高分子化合物為理想,作為高分子化合物的聚苯乙烯換算數平均分子量是以含有103至108的化合物為較佳。作為構成發光層之發光材料者,例如可以列舉:以下的色素系材料、金屬錯合物系材料、高分子系材料、摻雜物材料。 The luminescent layer is typically formed primarily of fluorescent and/or phosphorescent organic matter or by the organic compound and the dopant. For example, dopants added to increase luminous efficiency or to change the wavelength of light emission. Further, the organic substance contained in the light-emitting layer may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound. Since a polymer compound having a generally high solubility in a solvent is suitable for use in a coating method as compared with a low molecular compound, the light-emitting layer is preferably a polymer compound, and is a polystyrene-converted number average of a polymer compound. The molecular weight is preferably a compound containing from 10 3 to 10 8 . Examples of the light-emitting material constituting the light-emitting layer include the following pigment-based materials, metal-based compound materials, polymer-based materials, and dopant materials.

(色素系材料) (pigmented material)

作為色素系材料者,例如可以列舉:環噴達明(Cyclo pentamine)衍生物、四苯基丁二烯衍生物化合物、三苯基胺衍生物、噁二唑衍生物、吡唑喹啉衍生物、二苯乙烯基苯衍生物、二苯乙烯基伸芳香族衍生物、吡咯衍生物、噻吩環化合物、吡啶環化合物、紫環酮(perinone)衍生物、苝衍生物、寡聚噻吩衍生物、噁二唑二聚物、吡唑啉二聚物、喹吖啶酮(quinacridone)衍生物及香豆素衍生物。 Examples of the pigment-based material include a cyclopentamine derivative, a tetraphenylbutadiene derivative compound, a triphenylamine derivative, an oxadiazole derivative, and a pyrazoloquinoline derivative. a distyrylbenzene derivative, a distyryl extended aromatic derivative, a pyrrole derivative, a thiophene ring compound, a pyridine ring compound, a perinone derivative, an anthracene derivative, an oligothiophene derivative, and a dioxin An azole dimer, a pyrazoline dimer, a quinacridone derivative, and a coumarin derivative.

(金屬錯合物系材料) (metal complex material)

作為金屬錯合物系材料者,可以列舉:具有以Tb、Eu、Dy等稀土族金屬、或是Al、Zn、Be、Ir、Pt等作為中心金屬,具有噁二唑、噻二唑、苯基吡啶、苯基苯并咪唑、 喹啉結構等配位基的金屬錯合物。具體的,可以列舉:具有銥錯合物、白金錯合物等由三重激態發光的金屬錯合物、鋁羥基喹啉錯合物(Al quinolinol complex);苯并羥基喹啉鈹錯合物、苯并噁唑基鋅錯合物、苯并噻唑鋅錯合物、偶氮甲基鋅錯合物、卟啉化鋅錯合物、二氮雜菲鉺錯合物等。 Examples of the metal complex material include a rare earth metal such as Tb, Eu, or Dy, or Al, Zn, Be, Ir, Pt, or the like as a center metal, and have oxadiazole, thiadiazole, and benzene. Pyridine, phenyl benzimidazole, A metal complex of a ligand such as a quinoline structure. Specific examples thereof include a metal complex which emits light in a triplet state, such as a ruthenium complex, a platinum complex, an aluminum quinolinol complex, and a benzoquinolinol complex. , benzoxazolyl zinc complex, benzothiazole zinc complex, azomethyl zinc complex, zinc porphyrin complex, phenanthroline complex, and the like.

(高分子系材料) (polymer material)

作為高分子系材料者,可以列舉:聚對伸苯伸乙烯衍生物、聚噻吩衍生物、聚對伸苯衍生物、聚矽烷衍生物、聚乙炔衍生物、聚茀衍生物、聚乙烯基咔唑衍生物,將上述色素系材料或金屬錯合物系發光材料經高分子化者等。 Examples of the polymer material include polyparaphenylene ethylene derivative, polythiophene derivative, polyparaphenylene derivative, polydecane derivative, polyacetylene derivative, polyfluorene derivative, and polyvinyl anthracene. The azole derivative is obtained by polymerizing the above-mentioned dye-based material or metal-based luminescent material.

上述發光材料之中,作為藍色發光材料者,可以列舉:二苯乙烯基伸芳香族(Distyrylarylene)衍生物、噁二唑衍生物、及此等的聚合物、聚乙烯基咔唑衍生物、聚對伸苯衍生物、聚茀衍生物等。其中是以高分子材料的聚乙烯基咔唑衍生物、聚對伸苯衍生物或聚茀衍生物等為理想。 Among the above-mentioned luminescent materials, examples of the blue luminescent material include a stilbene-based aromatic derivative (Distyrylarylene) derivative, an oxadiazole derivative, and the like, a polyvinyl carbazole derivative, and a poly A benzene derivative, a polyfluorene derivative or the like. Among them, a polyvinylcarbazole derivative, a polyparaphenylene derivative or a polyfluorene derivative of a polymer material is preferable.

又,上述發光材料之中,作為綠色發光材料者,可以列舉:喹吖啶酮(quinacridone)衍生物、香豆素衍生物、及此等的聚合物、聚對伸苯伸乙烯衍生物、聚茀衍生物等。其中是以高分子材料的聚對伸苯伸乙烯衍生物、聚茀衍生物等為理想。 Further, among the above-mentioned luminescent materials, examples of the green luminescent material include quinacridone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, and the like, polyparaphenylene ethylene derivatives, and poly Deuterium derivatives and the like. Among them, it is desirable to use a polyethylene terephthalene derivative or a polyfluorene derivative of a polymer material.

又,上述發光材料之中,作為紅色發光材料者,可以列舉:香豆素衍生物、噻吩環化合物、及此等的聚合物、聚對伸苯伸乙烯衍生物、聚噻吩衍生物、聚茀衍生物等。 其中是以高分子材料的聚對伸苯伸乙烯衍生物、聚噻吩衍生物、聚茀衍生物等為理想。 Further, among the above-mentioned luminescent materials, examples of the red luminescent material include a coumarin derivative, a thiophene ring compound, and the like, a polyparaphenylene ethylene derivative, a polythiophene derivative, and a polyfluorene. Derivatives, etc. Among them, a polyethylene terephthalene derivative, a polythiophene derivative, a polyfluorene derivative or the like which is a polymer material is preferable.

(摻雜物材料) (dopant material)

作為摻雜物材料者,例如,可以列舉:苝衍生物、香豆素衍生物、紅螢烯衍生物、喹吖啶酮衍生物、方酸(squarylium)衍生物、卟啉衍生物、苯乙烯基系色素、并四苯衍生物、吡唑啉酮(pyrazolone)衍生物、十環烯(Decacyclene)、吩噁嗪。 As the dopant material, for example, an anthracene derivative, a coumarin derivative, a red fluorene derivative, a quinacridone derivative, a squarylium derivative, a porphyrin derivative, and styrene may be mentioned. Base dye, naphthacene derivative, pyrazolone derivative, Decacyclene, phenoxazine.

發光層的厚度,通常是約2nm至200nm。 The thickness of the luminescent layer is usually from about 2 nm to 200 nm.

發光層,例如藉由由溶液的成膜而可以形成。發光層,例如將含有發光材料之溶液藉由預定的塗布法來塗布,進一步藉由硬化此等而可以形成。作為由溶液成膜而使用的溶劑者,可以列舉:與在由前述的溶液成膜電洞注入層之際使用的溶劑同樣的溶劑。 The light-emitting layer can be formed, for example, by film formation from a solution. The light-emitting layer, for example, a solution containing a light-emitting material can be applied by a predetermined coating method, and further formed by hardening. The solvent used for film formation from a solution may be the same solvent as the solvent used when forming a hole injection layer from the solution described above.

<電子輸送層> <Electronic transport layer>

作為構成電子輸送層之電子輸送材料者,例如,可以列舉:噁二唑衍生物、蒽醌基二甲烷或其衍生物、苯醌或其衍生物、萘醌或其衍生物、蒽醌或其衍生物、四氰基蒽醌基二甲烷或其衍生物、茀醌衍生物、二苯基二氰基乙烯或其衍生物、二苯醌衍生物、或是8-羥基喹啉或其衍生物的金屬錯合物、聚喹啉或其衍生物、聚喹喔啉或其衍生物、聚茀或其衍生物等。 As the electron transporting material constituting the electron transporting layer, for example, an oxadiazole derivative, decyl dimethane or a derivative thereof, benzoquinone or a derivative thereof, naphthoquinone or a derivative thereof, hydrazine or the like a derivative, tetracyanodecyl dimethane or a derivative thereof, an anthracene derivative, diphenyldicyanoethylene or a derivative thereof, a diphenylguanidine derivative, or an 8-hydroxyquinoline or a derivative thereof Metal complex, polyquinoline or a derivative thereof, polyquinoxaline or a derivative thereof, polyfluorene or a derivative thereof, and the like.

作為電子輸送層的成膜法者,例如可以列舉:蒸鍍法及由溶液的成膜法。又,由溶液成膜的情形,也可以併用 高分子黏著劑。 Examples of the film formation method of the electron transport layer include a vapor deposition method and a film formation method from a solution. Moreover, in the case of film formation from a solution, it is also possible to use it in combination. Polymer adhesive.

電子輸送層的膜厚,考慮到所要求的特性及步驟的簡易度等而適當設定,例如是1nm至1μm,理想的是2nm至500nm,更佳的是的是5nm至200nm。 The film thickness of the electron transport layer is appropriately set in consideration of desired characteristics, ease of steps, and the like, and is, for example, 1 nm to 1 μm, preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm.

<電子注入層> <electron injection layer>

電子注入層是含有離子性聚合物的結構。作為構成電子注入層之離子性聚合物者,例如,可以列舉:含有由以下記式(1)所示基及以下記式(2)所示基所成群組中選擇1種以上的基之結構單元的聚合物。作為離子性聚合物的一形態者,含有由以式(1)所示基及以式(2)所示基所成群組中選擇1種以上的基之結構單元,在全結構單元中,可以列舉:有15至100莫耳%之聚合物。 The electron injecting layer is a structure containing an ionic polymer. In the ionic polymer constituting the electron injecting layer, for example, one or more groups selected from the group represented by the following formula (1) and the group represented by the following formula (2) are selected. The polymer of the structural unit. In one form of the ionic polymer, a structural unit in which one or more groups are selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2) is contained, and in the entire structural unit, It can be exemplified that there are 15 to 100 mol% of the polymer.

-(Q1)n1-Y1(m1)a1(Z1)b1 (1) -(Q 1 ) n1 -Y 1 (m 1 ) a1 (Z 1 ) b1 (1)

式(1)中,Q1表示2價的有機基,Y1表示-CO2 -、-SO3 -、-SO2 -、-PO3 -或是-B(Ra)3 -,m1表示金屬陽離子或有或無取代基之銨陽離子,Z1表示F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RaSO3 -、RaCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、SO4 2-、HSO4 -、PO4 3-、HPO4 2-、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -。n1表示0以上的整數,a1表示1以上的整數,b1表示0以上的整數。但是,a1及b1是以式(1)所示基的電荷成為0而選擇,Ra表示有或無取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基,或是有或無取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基。Q1、M1及Z1各是複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (1), Q 1 represents a divalent organic group, and Y 1 represents -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - , -PO 3 - or -B(R a ) 3 - , m 1 An ammonium cation representing a metal cation or with or without a substituent, Z 1 represents F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R a SO 3 - , R a COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - , NO 3 - , SO 4 2- , HSO 4 - , PO 4 3- , HPO 4 2- , H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - . N1 represents an integer of 0 or more, a1 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b1 represents an integer of 0 or more. However, a1 and b1 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (1) becomes 0, and R a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, or a carbon atom with or without a substituent. A number of 6 to 50 aryl groups. Q 1 , M 1 and Z 1 are each a plurality of cases, and may be the same or different.

-(Q2)n2-Y2(m2)a2(Z2)b2 (2) -(Q 2 ) n2 -Y 2 (m 2 ) a2 (Z 2 ) b2 (2)

式(2)中,Q2表示2價的有機基,Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鏻陽離子或是鋶陽離子或是錪陽離子,M2表示F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RbSO3 -、RbCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、SO4 2-、HSO4 -、PO4 3-、HPO4 2-、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -,Z2表示金屬陽離子或有或無取代基的銨陽離子。n2表示0以上的整數,a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數。但是,a2及b2是以式(2)所示基的電荷成為0而選擇,Rb表示有或無取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基,或有或無取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基。Q2、M2及Z2各為複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以相異。 In the formula (2), Q 2 represents a divalent organic group, Y 2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, and M 2 represents F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R b SO 3 - , R b COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - , NO 3 - , SO 4 2- , HSO 4 - , PO 4 3- , HPO 4 2- , H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - , Z 2 represents a metal cation or an ammonium cation with or without a substituent. N2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more. However, a2 and b2 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes 0, and R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, or the number of carbon atoms with or without a substituent. 6 to 50 aryl groups. The case where each of Q 2 , M 2 and Z 2 is plural may be the same or different.

作為本實施形態使用離子性聚合物之一的形態者,可以列舉:進一步有下記式(3)所示基之聚合物。離子性聚合物為有以式(3)所示基的情形,以式(3)所示的基,也可以在離子性聚合物的結構單元中含有,也可以在與含有選自由以式(1)所示基及以式(2)所示基所成群組中一種以上的基結構單元相同結構單元內含有,也可以在不同的其他結構單元內含有。進一步,作為離子性聚合物之一形態者,可以列舉:將含有選自由式(1)所示基、式(2)所示基、以及式(3)所示基之中至少1種的結構單元,在全結構單元中,有15至100莫耳%之聚合物。 As a form of using one of the ionic polymers in the present embodiment, a polymer having a group represented by the following formula (3) may be further mentioned. The ionic polymer may have a group represented by the formula (3), and the group represented by the formula (3) may be contained in the structural unit of the ionic polymer, or may be selected from the group consisting of 1) One or more base structural units in the group shown by the formula (2) are contained in the same structural unit, or may be contained in different other structural units. Further, as one of the ionic polymers, a structure containing at least one selected from the group represented by the formula (1), the group represented by the formula (2), and the group represented by the formula (3) may be mentioned. The unit, in the full structural unit, has from 15 to 100 mole % of polymer.

-(Q3)n3-Y3 (3) -(Q 3 ) n3 -Y 3 (3)

式(3)中,Q3表示2價的有機基,Y3表示-CN或式(4)至(12)的任何一個所示之基,n3表示0以上的整數。 In the formula (3), Q 3 represents a divalent organic group, Y 3 represents a group represented by -CN or any one of the formulae (4) to (12), and n3 represents an integer of 0 or more.

-O-(R’O)a3-R" (4) -O-(R'O) a3 -R" (4)

-S-(R’S)a4-R" (6) -S-(R'S) a4 -R" (6)

-C(=O)-(R’-C(=O))a4-R" (7) -C(=O)-(R'-C(=O)) a4 -R" (7)

-C(=S)-(R’-C(=S))a4-R" (8) -C(=S)-(R'-C(=S)) a4 -R" (8)

-N{(R’)a4R"}2 (9) -N{(R') a4 R"} 2 (9)

-C(=O)O-(R’-C(=O)O)a4-R" (10) -C(=O)O-(R'-C(=O)O) a4 -R" (10)

-C(=O)O-(R’O)a4-R" (11) -C(=O)O-(R'O) a4 -R" (11)

-NHC(=O)-(R’NHC(=O))a4-R" (12) -NHC(=O)-(R'NHC(=O)) a4 - R " (12)

式(4)至(12)中,R’表示有或無取代基之2價烴基,R"表示有或無取代基的1價烴基,-COOH、-SO3H、-OH、-SH、-NRc 2、-CN、-C(=O)NRc 2或是氫原子,R'''表示有或無取代基的3價烴基。a3表示1以上的整數,a4表示0以上的整數。Rc表示有或無取代基的碳原子數1至30之烷基,或有或無取代基的碳原子數6至50之芳基。R’、R"及R'''各為複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是不同。 In the formulae (4) to (12), R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group with or without a substituent, and R" represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group with or without a substituent, -COOH, -SO 3 H, -OH, -SH, -NR c 2, -CN, -C ( = O) NR c 2 or a hydrogen atom, R '''represents a substituent group, with or without trivalent hydrocarbon .a3 represents an integer of 1, a4 represents an integer of 0 R c represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent. R', R" and R''' are each plural. The situation can be the same or different.

離子性聚合物是將選自由式(13)所示結構單元、式(15)所示結構單元、式(17)所示結構單元及式(20)所示結構單元所成群組中1種以上的結構單元,在全結構單元中,是以含有15至100莫耳%為理想。 The ionic polymer is one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the formula (13), a structural unit represented by the formula (15), a structural unit represented by the formula (17), and a structural unit represented by the formula (20). The above structural unit is preferably contained in the entire structural unit in an amount of 15 to 100 mol%.

式(13)中,R1表示含有式(14)所示基的1價基,Ar1 表示R1以外的有或是沒取代基之有(2+n4)價的芳香族基。n4表示1以上的整數。R1是複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (13), R 1 represents a monovalent group having a group represented by the formula (14), and Ar 1 represents an aromatic group having a (2+n4) valence other than R 1 or having no substituent. N4 represents an integer of 1 or more. R 1 is a plurality of cases, and may be the same or different.

式(14)中,R2表示(1+m1+m2)價的有機基,Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3表示與前述相同意思,m1及m2是分別獨立,表示1以上的整數。Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3各為複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (14), R 2 represents an organic group having a (1+m1+m2) valence, and Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m 1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1 and n3 are the same as defined above. It is meant that m1 and m2 are independent of each other and represent an integer of 1 or more. Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m 1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1, and n3 are each plural, and may be the same or different.

式(15)中,R3是含有式(16)所示基的1價基,Ar2表示R3以外的有或無取代基的(2+n5)價之芳香族基。n5表示1以上的整數。R3是複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (15), R 3 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (16), and Ar 2 represents a (2+n5)-valent aromatic group with or without a substituent other than R 3 . N5 represents an integer of 1 or more. R 3 is a plurality of cases, and may be the same or different.

式(16)中,R4表示(1+m3+m4)價的有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、m2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3表示與前述相同意思,m3及m4是分別獨立,表示1以上的整數。Q2、Q3、Y2、m2、Z2、 Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3各為複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (16), R 4 represents an organic group having a (1+m3+m4) valence, and Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , m 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2 and n3 are the same as defined above. Meaning, m3 and m4 are independent, and represent an integer of 1 or more. Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , m 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 are each plural, and may be the same or different.

式(17)中,R5是含有以式(18)所示基的1價基,R6是含有以式(19)所示基的1價基,Ar3是表示R5及R6以外的有或無取代基的(2+n6+n7)價芳香族基。n6及n7是分別獨立表示1以上的整數。R5及R6各為複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (17), R 5 is a monovalent group having a group represented by the formula (18), R 6 is a monovalent group having a group represented by the formula (19), and Ar 3 is a group other than R 5 and R 6 The (2+n6+n7)valent aromatic group with or without a substituent. N6 and n7 are integers each independently representing 1 or more. R 5 and R 6 are each a plurality of cases, and may be the same or different.

-R7-{(Q1)n1-Y1(m1)a1(Z1)b1}m5 (18) -R 7 -{(Q 1 ) n1 -Y 1 (m 1 ) a1 (Z 1 ) b1 } m5 (18)

式(18)中,R7是直接鍵結或是表示(1+m5)價的有機基,Q1、Y1、m1、Z1、n1、a1及b1是表示與前述相同的意思,m5表示1以上的整數。Q1、Y1、m1、Z1、n1、a1及b1各為複數個的情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (18), R 7 is a direct bond or an organic group representing a (1+m5) valence, and Q 1 , Y 1 , m 1 , Z 1 , n1, a1 and b1 are the same meanings as described above. M5 represents an integer of 1 or more. Each of Q 1 , Y 1 , m 1 , Z 1 , n1 , a1 and b1 is plural, and may be the same or different.

-R8-{(Q3)n3-Y3}m6 (19) -R 8 -{(Q 3 ) n3 -Y 3 } m6 (19)

式(19)中,R8表示單鍵或是(1+m6)價的有機基,Y3及n3是表示與前述相同的意思,m6表示1以上的整數。但是,R8為單鍵時,m6表示1。Q3、Y3及n3各為複數個之情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (19), R 8 represents a single bond or an organic group of (1+m6) valence, Y 3 and n3 represent the same meaning as described above, and m6 represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when R 8 is a single bond, m6 represents 1. Each of Q 3 , Y 3 and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

式(20)中,R9是含有以式(21)所示基的1價基,R10是含有以式(22)所示基的1價基,Ar4是表示R9及R10以外的有或無取代基的(2+n8+n9)價芳香族基。n8及n9是分別獨立表示1以上的整數。R9及R10各為複數個之情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (20), R 9 is a monovalent group having a group represented by the formula (21), R 10 is a monovalent group having a group represented by the formula (22), and Ar 4 is a group other than R 9 and R 10 The (2+n8+n9) valent aromatic group with or without a substituent. N8 and n9 are integers each independently representing 1 or more. R 9 and R 10 are each a plurality of cases, and may be the same or different.

-R11-{(Q2)n2-Y2(m2)a2(Z2)b2}m7 (21) -R 11 -{(Q 2 ) n2 -Y 2 (m 2 ) a2 (Z 2 ) b2 } m7 (21)

式(21)中,R11是表示單鍵或是(1+m7)價的有機基,Q2、Y2、m2、Z2、n2、a2及b2是表示與前述相同的意思,m7是表示1以上的整數。但是,R11為單鍵時,m7表示1。Q2、Y2、m2、Z2、n2、a2及b2各為複數之情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (21), R 11 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m7) valence, and Q 2 , Y 2 , m 2 , Z 2 , n2, a2 and b2 are the same meanings as described above, m7 Is an integer representing 1 or more. However, when R 11 is a single bond, m7 represents 1. Q 2 , Y 2 , m 2 , Z 2 , n2, a2, and b2 are each a plural number, and may be the same or different.

-R12-{(Q3)n3-Y3}m8 (22) -R 12 -{(Q 3 ) n3 -Y 3 } m8 (22)

式(22)中,R12是表示單鍵或是(1+m8)價的有機基,Y3及n3是表示與前述相同的意思,m8表示1以上的整數。但是,R12為單鍵時,m8是表示1。Q3、Y3及n3各為複數個之情形,可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (22), R 12 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m8) valence, Y 3 and n3 are the same meanings as described above, and m8 is an integer of 1 or more. However, when R 12 is a single bond, m8 represents 1. Each of Q 3 , Y 3 and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

前述離子性聚合物中的結構單元,式(1)所示基也可以含有2種類以上,式(2)所示基也可以含有2種類以上,式(3)所示基也可以含有2種類以上。 The structural unit in the ionic polymer may contain two or more kinds of the group represented by the formula (1), and the group represented by the formula (2) may contain two or more types, and the group represented by the formula (3) may contain two types. the above.

(式(1)所示基) (base shown in equation (1))

式(1)中,作為Q1所示2價的有機基是可以列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、1,2-伸丙基、1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸丁基、1,3-伸丁基、1,4-伸丁基、1,5-伸戊基、1,6-伸己基、1,9-伸壬基、1,12-伸十二碳基,此等基中的至少1個氫原子被取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之2價飽和烴基;伸乙烯基、伸丙烯基、3-伸丁烯基、2-伸丁烯基、2-伸戊烯基、2-伸己烯基、2-伸壬烯基、2-伸十二碳烯基,此等的基中至少1個氫原子被取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數2至50的烯基,及,含有伸乙炔基之有或無取代基的碳原子數2至50的2價不飽和烴基;伸環丙烷基、伸環丁烷基、伸環戊烷基、伸環己烷基、伸環壬烷基、伸環十二碳烷基、伸降冰片烷基、伸金剛烷基,此等基中至少1個氫原子被取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基之碳原子數3至50的2價環狀飽和烴基;1,3-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、2,6-伸萘基、聯苯基-4,4’-二基,此等的基中至少1個的氫原子被取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基之碳原子數6至50的伸芳基;伸甲氧基、伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基、伸丁氧基、伸戊氧基、伸己氧基,此等基中的至少1個氫原子被取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的伸烷氧基;具有含碳原子之取代基之亞胺基;具有含碳原子之取代基的伸矽基。從成為離子性聚合物的原料之單體(以下,也稱為「原料單體」。)合成容易度的觀點而言,是以2價 的飽和烴基、伸芳基、伸烷氧基為理想。 In the formula (1), the divalent organic group represented by Q 1 may, for example, be a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a 1,2-extended propyl group, a 1,3-propanyl group or a 1,2-extended group. Base, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-tert-butyl, 1,5-exopentyl, 1,6-extension, 1,9-extension, 1,12-extension a valence-saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent of at least one hydrogen atom in the group substituted with a substituent; a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 3-butene group a group, a 2-butenyl group, a 2-endopentenyl group, a 2-extended hexenyl group, a 2-extended alkenyl group, a 2-extended dodecenyl group, at least one hydrogen atom of the group a 2- to 50-membered alkenyl group having a substituent or the like, having or without a substituent, and a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a ethynyl group; Cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl, ferrocene, an adamantyl, such a group a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted by a substituent; 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-naphthyl, 1,5-anthranyl, 2,6-anthranyl, biphenyl-4,4'-diyl, at least a aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted by a substituent; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom of the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., with or without a substituent, an alkyloxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms; having a carbon atom An imido group of a substituent; a mercapto group having a substituent containing a carbon atom. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a monomer which is a raw material of an ionic polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "raw material monomer"), it is preferably a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group or an alkylene group. .

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基、芳烷基、芳烷氧基、芳烷硫基、芳烯基、芳炔基、胺基、取代胺基、矽基、取代矽基、鹵原子、醯基、醯氧基、亞胺殘基、醯胺基、氧醯亞胺基、1價的雜環基、羥基、羧基、取代羧基、氰基及硝基。前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。此等之中,胺基、矽基、鹵原子、羥基及硝基以外的取代基是含有碳原子。 As the substituent, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an aralkyl group, an aralkyloxy group, an aralkylthio group, an aralkenyl group, or an aromatic group can be mentioned. Alkynyl group, amine group, substituted amine group, fluorenyl group, substituted fluorenyl group, halogen atom, fluorenyl group, decyloxy group, imine residue, decylamino group, oxyquinone group, monovalent heterocyclic group, hydroxy group , carboxyl group, substituted carboxyl group, cyano group and nitro group. The above substituents are in the plural case, and these may be the same or different. Among these, a substituent other than an amine group, a mercapto group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a nitro group contains a carbon atom.

以下,有關取代基的說明。又,「Cm至Cn」(m,n是満足m<n的正整數)的用詞,表示與此用詞同時記載的有機基碳原子數為m至n個。例如,若Cm至Cn烷基,則表示烷基的碳原子數為m至n個,若Cm至Cn烷芳基,則表示烷基的碳原子數為m至n個,若芳基-Cm至Cn烷基,則表示烷基的碳原子數為m至n個。 Hereinafter, the description of the substituents will be given. Further, the term "C m to C n " (m, n is a positive integer of m < n) indicates that the number of organic carbon atoms described simultaneously with this term is m to n. For example, if C m to C n alkyl, it means that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is from m to n, and if C m to C n alkaryl, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is from m to n, if The aryl-C m to C n alkyl group means that the alkyl group has from m to n carbon atoms.

烷基可以是直鏈狀也可以是分枝狀,也可以是環烷基。烷基的碳原子數通常是1至20,以1至10為理想。作為烷基者,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等。前述烷基中的氫原子也可以用氟原子取代。作為該氟原子取代烷基者,可以列舉:三氟甲基、五氟乙基、全氟丁基、全氟己基、全氟辛基等。又,作為C1至C12烷基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第 三丁基、戊基、異戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基。 The alkyl group may be linear or branched, or may be a cycloalkyl group. The alkyl group usually has 1 to 20 carbon atoms and is preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group or a octyl group. Base, sulfhydryl, sulfhydryl, lauryl, and the like. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned alkyl group may also be substituted with a fluorine atom. Examples of the fluorine atom-substituted alkyl group include a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, and a perfluorooctyl group. Further, examples of the C 1 to C 12 alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and a pentyl group. Isoamyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl.

烷氧基可以是直鏈狀也可以是分枝狀,也可以是環烷氧基,也可以有取代基。烷氧基的碳原子數通常是1至20,以1至10為理想。作為烷氧基者,可以列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、s-丁氧基、t-丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、月桂氧基等。 The alkoxy group may be linear or branched, and may be a cycloalkoxy group or a substituent. The alkoxy group usually has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, an s-butoxy group, a t-butoxy group, and a pentyloxy group. , hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, lauryloxy and the like.

前述烷氧基中的氫原子也可以是以氟原子來取代。作為該氟原子取代烷氧基者,可以列舉:三氟甲氧基、五氟乙氧基、全氟丁氧基、全氟己氧基、全氟辛氧基等。又,該烷氧基也包含甲氧基甲基氧基、2-甲氧基乙基氧基。又,作為C1至C12烷氧基者,例如,可以列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、s-丁氧基、t-丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、3,7-二甲基辛氧基、月桂氧基。 The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned alkoxy group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. Examples of the fluorine atom-substituted alkoxy group include a trifluoromethoxy group, a pentafluoroethoxy group, a perfluorobutoxy group, a perfluorohexyloxy group, and a perfluorooctyloxy group. Further, the alkoxy group also includes a methoxymethyloxy group and a 2-methoxyethyloxy group. Further, examples of the C 1 to C 12 alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, and an s-butoxy group. T-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, 3,7-dimethyl Octyloxy, lauryloxy.

作為烷硫基者,可以是直鏈狀也可以是分枝狀,也可以是環烷硫基,也可以有取代基。烷硫基的碳原子數通常是1至20,以1至10為理想。作為烷硫基者,可以列舉:甲硫基,乙硫基、丙硫基、異丙硫基、丁硫基、異丁硫基、第二丁基硫基、第三丁基硫基、戊硫基、己硫基、環己基硫基、庚硫基、辛硫基、壬硫基、癸硫基、月桂硫基等。前述烷硫基中的氫原子也可以用氟原子取代。作為該氟原 子取代烷硫基者,可以列舉:三氟甲硫基等。 The alkylthio group may be linear or branched, and may be a cycloalkylthio group or a substituent. The alkylthio group usually has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As the alkylthio group, there may be mentioned: methylthio group, ethylthio group, propylthio group, isopropylthio group, butylthio group, isobutylthio group, second butylthio group, tert-butylthio group, pentane Sulfur, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio, sulfonylthio, sulfonylthio, laurel, and the like. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned alkylthio group may also be substituted with a fluorine atom. As the fluorocarbon The substituted alkylthio group may, for example, be a trifluoromethylthio group or the like.

芳基是由芳香族烴中構成芳香環之除去1個碳原子結合的氫原子而殘留的原子團,具有苯環之基,具有縮合環之基,獨立之苯環或是2個以上縮合環經由單鍵或是2價的有機基,例如伸乙烯基的伸烯基而結合之基。芳基的碳原子數通常是6至60,以7至48為佳。作為芳基者,可以列舉:苯基、C1至C12烷氧基苯基、C1至C12烷基苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基等。前述芳基中的氫原子也可以被氟原子取代。作為該氟原子取代的芳基者,可以列舉:五氟苯基等。芳基之中是以C1至C12烷氧基苯基、C1至C12烷基苯基為佳。 The aryl group is an atomic group remaining in an aromatic hydrocarbon which is a hydrogen atom bonded to one aromatic ring, and has a benzene ring group, and has a condensed ring group. The independent benzene ring or two or more condensed rings are via A single bond or a divalent organic group such as a vinyl group-extended alkenyl group. The aryl group usually has 6 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 48 carbon atoms. As the aryl group, a phenyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, and a 2-anthracene group are exemplified. Base, 9-mercapto and the like. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned aryl group may also be substituted by a fluorine atom. Examples of the fluorine atom-substituted aryl group include a pentafluorophenyl group and the like. Among the aryl groups, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl group and a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl group are preferred.

前述芳基中,作為C1至C12烷氧基苯基者,可以列舉:甲氧基苯基、乙氧基苯基、丙氧基苯基、異丙氧基苯基、丁氧基苯基、異丁氧基苯基、s-丁氧基苯基、t-丁氧基苯基、戊氧基苯基、己氧基苯基、環己氧基苯基、庚氧基苯基、辛氧基苯基、2-乙基己氧基苯基、壬氧基苯基、癸氧基苯基、3,7-二甲基辛氧基苯基、月桂基氧基苯基等。 Among the above aryl groups, examples of the C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl group include a methoxyphenyl group, an ethoxyphenyl group, a propoxyphenyl group, an isopropoxyphenyl group, and a butoxybenzene group. , isobutoxyphenyl, s-butoxyphenyl, t-butoxyphenyl, pentoxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, cyclohexyloxyphenyl, heptyloxyphenyl, Octyloxyphenyl, 2-ethylhexyloxyphenyl, nonyloxyphenyl, nonyloxyphenyl, 3,7-dimethyloctyloxyphenyl, lauryloxyphenyl, and the like.

前述芳基中,作為C1至C12烷基苯基者,可以列舉:甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、丙基苯基、三甲基苯基、甲基乙基苯基、異丙基苯基、丁基苯基、異丁基苯基、第三丁基苯基、戊基苯基、異戊基苯基、己基苯基、庚基苯基、辛基苯基、壬基苯基、癸基苯基、十二碳烷基苯基等。 Among the above aryl groups, as the C 1 to C 1 2 alkylphenyl group, a methylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a propylphenyl group, a trimethylphenyl group, a methyl group B may be mentioned. Phenylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, butylphenyl, isobutylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, pentylphenyl, isopentylphenyl, hexylphenyl, heptylphenyl, octyl Phenyl, nonylphenyl, nonylphenyl, dodecylphenyl, and the like.

芳氧基的碳原子數通常是6至60,以7至48為佳。 作為芳氧基者,可以列舉:苯氧基、C1至C12烷氧基苯氧基、C1至C12烷基苯氧基、1-萘氧基、2-萘氧基、五氟苯氧基等。芳氧基之中是以C1至C12烷氧基苯氧基及C1至C12烷基苯氧基為佳。 The aryloxy group usually has 6 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 48 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenoxy group, a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenoxy group, a 1-naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group, and a pentafluoro group. Phenoxy group and the like. Among the aryloxy groups, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenoxy group and a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenoxy group are preferred.

前述芳氧基中,作為C1至C12烷氧基苯氧基者,可以列舉:甲氧基苯氧基、乙氧基苯氧基、丙氧基苯氧基、異丙氧基苯氧基、丁氧基苯氧基、異丁氧基苯氧基、s-丁氧基苯氧基、t-丁氧基苯氧基、戊氧基苯氧基、己氧基苯氧基、環己氧基苯氧基、庚氧基苯氧基、辛氧基苯氧基、2-乙基己氧基苯氧基、壬氧基苯氧基、癸氧基苯氧基、3,7-二甲基辛氧基苯氧基、月桂基氧基苯氧基等。 Among the above aryloxy groups, examples of the C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenoxy group include a methoxyphenoxy group, an ethoxyphenoxy group, a propoxyphenoxy group, and an isopropoxyphenoxy group. , butoxyphenoxy, isobutoxyphenoxy, s-butoxyphenoxy, t-butoxyphenoxy, pentyloxyphenoxy, hexyloxyphenoxy, ring Hexyloxyphenoxy, heptyloxyphenoxy, octyloxyphenoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxyphenoxy, nonyloxyphenoxy, decyloxyphenoxy, 3,7- Dimethyloctyloxyphenoxy, lauryloxyphenoxy, and the like.

前述芳氧基中,作為C1至C12烷基苯氧基者,可以列舉:甲基苯氧基、乙基苯氧基、二甲基苯氧基、丙基苯氧基、1,3,5-三甲基苯氧基、甲基乙基苯氧基、異丙基苯氧基、丁基苯氧基、異丁基苯氧基、第二丁基苯氧基、第三丁基苯氧基、戊基苯氧基、異戊基苯氧基、己基苯氧基、庚基苯氧基、辛基苯氧基、壬基苯氧基、癸基苯氧基、十二碳烷基苯氧基等。 Among the above aryloxy groups, examples of the C 1 to C 12 alkylphenoxy group include methylphenoxy group, ethylphenoxy group, dimethylphenoxy group, propylphenoxy group, and 1,3. ,5-trimethylphenoxy, methylethylphenoxy, isopropylphenoxy, butylphenoxy, isobutylphenoxy, t-butylphenoxy, tert-butyl Phenoxy, pentylphenoxy, isopentylphenoxy, hexylphenoxy, heptylphenoxy, octylphenoxy, nonylphenoxy, nonylphenoxy, dodecane Phenoxy group and the like.

芳硫基,例如是在前述的芳基中結合有硫元素之基。芳硫基是在前述芳基的芳香環上也可以有取代基。芳硫基的碳原子數通常是6至60,以6至30為佳。作為芳硫基者,可以列舉:苯硫基、C1至C12烷氧基苯硫基、C1至C12烷基苯硫基、1-萘硫基、2-萘硫基、五氟苯硫基等。 The arylthio group is, for example, a group in which a sulfur element is bonded to the aforementioned aryl group. The arylthio group may have a substituent on the aromatic ring of the aforementioned aryl group. The arylthio group usually has 6 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 30. Examples of the arylthio group include a phenylthio group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenylthio group, a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, and a pentafluoro group. Phenylthio and the like.

芳烷基,例如是,在前述的芳基中結合有前述烷基的 基。芳烷基也可以有取代基。芳烷基的碳原子數通常是7至60,以7至30為佳。作為芳烷基者,可以列舉:苯基-C1至C12烷基、C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C1至C12烷基、C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基、1-萘基-C1至C12烷基、2-萘基-C1至C12烷基等。 The aralkyl group is, for example, a group in which the aforementioned alkyl group is bonded to the aforementioned aryl group. The aralkyl group may also have a substituent. The aralkyl group usually has 7 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms. As the aralkyl group, there may be mentioned phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl group, C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl group - C 1 to C 12 alkyl group, and C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl group C. 1 to C 12 alkyl, 1-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl, 2-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl, and the like.

芳基烷氧基,例如是,在前述的芳基中結合前述的烷氧基之基。芳烷氧基,也可以有取代基。芳基烷氧基的碳原子數通常是7至60,以7至30為佳。作為芳基烷氧基者,可以列舉:苯基-C1至C12烷氧基、C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C1至C12烷氧基、C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷氧基、1-萘基-C1至C12烷氧基、2-萘基-C1至C12烷氧基等。 The arylalkoxy group is, for example, a group in which the aforementioned alkoxy group is bonded to the aforementioned aryl group. The aralkyloxy group may have a substituent. The arylalkoxy group has usually from 7 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably from 7 to 30 carbon atoms. As the aryl alkoxy group, a phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkoxy group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkoxy group, a C 1 to C 12 alkyl group may be mentioned. Phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkoxy, 1-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkoxy, 2-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkoxy and the like.

芳基烷硫基,例如是,在前述的芳基中結合有前述的烷硫基之基。芳基烷硫基也可以有取代基。芳基烷硫基的碳原子數通常是7至60,以7至30為佳。作為芳基烷硫基者,可以列舉:苯基-C1至C12烷硫基、C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C1至C12烷硫基、C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷硫基、1-萘基-C1至C12烷硫基、2-萘基-C1至C12烷硫基等。 The arylalkylthio group is, for example, a group in which the aforementioned alkylthio group is bonded to the aforementioned aryl group. The arylalkylthio group may also have a substituent. The arylalkylthio group has usually from 7 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably from 7 to 30 carbon atoms. As the arylalkylthio group, a phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylthio group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylthio group, a C 1 to C 12 alkyl group may be mentioned. Phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylthio, 1-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylthio, 2-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylthio, and the like.

芳基烯基,例如是,在前述的芳基中結合有烯基的基。芳烯基的碳原子數通常是8至60,以8至30為佳。作為芳烯基者,可以列舉:苯基-C2至C12烯基、C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C2至C12烯基、C1至C12烷基苯基-C2至C12烯基、1-萘基-C2至C12烯基、2-萘基-C2至C12烯基等,以C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C2至C12烯基、C2至C12烷基苯基-C2至C12烯基為佳。又,作為C2至C12烯基者,例如,可以列舉:乙烯基、 1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、1-戊烯基、2-戊烯基、1-己烯基、2-己烯基、1-辛烯基。 The arylalkenyl group is, for example, a group having an alkenyl group bonded to the aforementioned aryl group. The arylalkenyl group usually has 8 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 8 to 30 carbon atoms. As the aralkenyl group, a phenyl-C 2 to C 12 alkenyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 2 to C 12 alkenyl group, and a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl-C may be mentioned. 2 to C 12 alkenyl, 1-naphthyl-C 2 to C 12 alkenyl, 2-naphthyl-C 2 to C 12 alkenyl, etc., as C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 2 to C 12 alkenyl group, C 2 to C 12 alkylphenyl group -C 2 to C 12 alkenyl group is preferred. Further, examples of the C 2 to C 12 alkenyl group include a vinyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a 1-butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 1-pentenyl group, and a 2- Pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 1-octenyl.

芳基炔基,例如是,在前述芳基中結合有炔基的基。芳炔基的碳原子數通常是8至60,以8至30為佳。作為芳炔基者,可以列舉:苯基-C2至C12炔基、C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C2至C12炔基、C1至C12烷基苯基-C2至C12炔基、1-萘基-C2至C12炔基、2-萘基-C2至C12炔基等,以C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C2至C12炔基、C1至C12烷基苯基-C2至C12炔基為佳。又,作為C2至C12炔基者,例如,可以列舉:乙炔、1-丙炔基、2-丙炔基、1-丁炔基、2-丁炔基、1-戊炔基、2-戊炔基、1-己炔基、2-己炔基、1-辛炔基。 The arylalkynyl group is, for example, a group having an alkynyl group bonded to the aforementioned aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkynyl group is usually from 8 to 60, preferably from 8 to 30. As the aralkynyl group, a phenyl-C 2 to C 12 alkynyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 2 to C 12 alkynyl group, and a C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl-C may be mentioned. 2 to C 12 alkynyl, 1-naphthyl-C 2 to C 12 alkynyl, 2-naphthyl-C 2 to C 12 alkynyl, etc., as C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 2 to C 12 alkynyl group, C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl group -C 2 to C 12 alkynyl group are preferred. Further, examples of the C 2 to C 12 alkynyl group include acetylene, 1-propynyl group, 2-propynyl group, 1-butynyl group, 2-butynyl group, 1-pentynyl group, and 2 a pentynyl group, a 1-hexynyl group, a 2-hexynyl group, a 1-octynyl group.

作為取代胺基者,係以胺基中至少1個氫原子,由選自烷基、芳基、芳烷基及1價的雜環基所成群組中之1或是2個的基所取代之胺基為佳。該烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價的雜環基也可以有取代基。取代胺基的碳原子數,不含可以有取代基之該烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價的雜環基之碳原子數,通常是1至60,以2至48為佳。作為取代胺基者,可以列舉:甲胺基、二甲胺基、乙胺基、二乙胺基、丙胺基、二丙胺基、異丙胺基、二異丙胺基、丁胺基、異丁胺基、s-丁胺基、t-丁胺基、戊胺基、己胺基、環己胺基、庚胺基、辛胺基、2-乙基己胺基、壬胺基、癸胺基、3,7-二甲基辛胺基、月桂基胺基、環戊胺基、二環戊胺基、環己胺基、二環己胺基、二(三氟甲基)胺基、苯基胺基、二苯基胺基、(C1至C12烷氧基苯基)胺基、二(C1 至C12烷氧基苯基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷基苯基)胺基、1-萘基胺基、2-萘基胺基、五氟苯胺基、乙烯基胺基、噠嗪基胺基、嘧啶基胺基、哌啶基胺基、三嗪基胺基、(苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、(C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、(C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、1-萘基-C1至C12烷基胺基、2-萘基-C1至C12烷基胺基等。 The substituted amine group is one or two groups of at least one hydrogen atom in the amine group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and a monovalent heterocyclic group. Substituted amine groups are preferred. The alkyl group, the aryl group, the arylalkyl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted amine group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, usually from 1 to 60, preferably from 2 to 48 . As the substituted amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an ethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a propylamino group, a dipropylamino group, an isopropylamine group, a diisopropylamino group, a butylamine group, an isobutylamine can be exemplified. Base, s-butylamino, t-butylamino, pentylamino, hexylamino, cyclohexylamino, heptylamino, octylamino, 2-ethylhexylamino, decylamino, decylamino , 3,7-dimethyloctylamino, laurylamine, cyclopentylamino, dicyclopentylamino, cyclohexylamino, dicyclohexylamino, bis(trifluoromethyl)amino, benzene Amino group, diphenylamino group, (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl)amino group, di(C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl)amino group, di(C 1 to C 12 alkyl group) Phenyl)amino, 1-naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, pentafluoroanilino, vinylamino, pyridazinylamino, pyrimidinylamino, piperidinylamino, triazinyl Amino, (phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) amine, (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) amine, (C 1 to C 12 alkyl benzene) -C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino group, di(C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino group, di(C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino, 1-naphthyl-C 1 to C 1 2 alkylamino group, 2-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylamino group and the like.

作為取代矽基者,可以列舉:矽基之中的至少1個氫原子,藉由選自由烷基、芳基、芳烷基及1價的雜環基所成群組中之1至3個基所取代的矽基。該烷基也可以有芳基、芳烷基或是1價的雜環基作為取代基。取代矽基的碳原子數,不含可以有該烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價雜環基為取代基的碳原子數,通常是1至60,以3至48為佳。又,作為取代矽基者,可以列舉:三甲基矽基、三乙基矽基、三丙基矽基、三異丙基矽基、異丙基二甲基矽基、異丙基二乙基矽基、第三丁基二甲基矽基、戊基二甲基矽基、己基二甲基矽基、庚基二甲基矽基、辛基二甲基矽基、2-乙基己基二甲基矽基、壬基二甲基矽基、癸基二甲基矽基、3,7-二甲基辛基二甲基矽基、月桂基二甲基矽基、(苯基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(C1至C12烷氧基苯基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(1-萘基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(2-萘基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(苯基-C1至C12烷基)二甲基矽基、三苯基矽基、三(對-二甲苯基)矽基、 三苄基矽基、二苯基甲基矽基、第三丁基二苯基矽基、二甲基苯基矽基等。 As the substituted fluorenyl group, at least one hydrogen atom among the fluorenyl groups may be exemplified by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and a monovalent heterocyclic group. The thiol group substituted by the base. The alkyl group may have an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group as a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted indenyl group is not limited to the number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent of the alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group, and is usually from 1 to 60, preferably from 3 to 48. Further, examples of the substituted fluorenyl group include a trimethyl fluorenyl group, a triethyl decyl group, a tripropyl decyl group, a triisopropyl decyl group, an isopropyl dimethyl fluorenyl group, and an isopropyl di Base, tributyl dimethyl fluorenyl, pentyl dimethyl fluorenyl, hexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, heptyl dimethyl fluorenyl, octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 2-ethylhexyl Dimethyl decyl, decyl dimethyl fluorenyl, decyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 3,7-dimethyloctyl dimethyl fluorenyl, lauryl dimethyl fluorenyl, (phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)fluorenyl, (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)fluorenyl, (C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkane () fluorenyl, (1-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) fluorenyl, (2-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) fluorenyl, (phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) a dimethyl fluorenyl group, a triphenyl fluorenyl group, a tris(p-xylyl) fluorenyl group, a tribenzyl fluorenyl group, a diphenylmethyl fluorenyl group, a tert-butyldiphenyl fluorenyl group, a dimethyl group Phenylphenyl fluorenyl and the like.

作為鹵原子者,可以列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。 Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

醯基的碳原子數通常是2至20,以2至18為佳。作為醯基者,可以列舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丁醯基、三甲基乙醯基、苄醯基、三氟乙醯基、五氟苄醯基等。 The fluorenyl group usually has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 18. Examples of the fluorenyl group include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a butyl fluorenyl group, an isobutyl fluorenyl group, a trimethyl ethane group, a benzindenyl group, a trifluoroethyl fluorenyl group, and a pentafluorobenzyl group.

醯氧基的碳原子數通常是2至20,以2至18為佳。作為醯氧基者,可以列舉:乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、丁醯氧基、異丁醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、苄醯氧基、三氟乙醯氧基、五氟苄醯氧基等。 The number of carbon atoms of the methoxy group is usually from 2 to 20, preferably from 2 to 18. Examples of the decyloxy group include an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propenyloxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutyloxy group, a trimethylacetoxy group, a benzhydryloxy group, and a trifluoroacetoxy group. Pentafluorobenzyloxy and the like.

亞胺殘基是由有式:H-N=C<及式:-N=CH-中至少一方所示結構的亞胺化合物,除去該結構中的1個氫原子後之殘基的意思。作為如此之亞胺化合物者,例如,可以列舉:醛亞胺,酮亞胺及在醛亞胺中的氮原子結合之氫原子被烷基、芳基、芳烷基、芳烯基、芳炔基等所取代之化合物。亞胺殘基的碳原子數,通常是2至20,以2至18為佳。作為亞胺殘基者,例如,可以列舉:以一般式:-CRβ=N-Rγ或是以一般式:-N=C(Rγ)2(式中,Rβ表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、芳烷基、芳烯基、或是芳炔基,Rγ獨立地表示烷基、芳基、芳烷基、芳烯基、或是芳炔基,但是,Rγ有2個的情形,2個的Rγ是相互結合成一體的2價基,例如,也可以形成伸乙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基的作為碳原子數2至18的烯基環。)所示之基。 作為亞胺殘留者,可以列舉以下的基。 The imine residue is an imine compound having a structure represented by at least one of the formula: HN=C< and the formula: -N=CH-, and the residue after removing one hydrogen atom in the structure means. As such an imine compound, for example, an aldimine, a ketimine, and a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom in an aldimine may be an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, an aralkenyl group or an aral alkyne. a compound substituted by a group or the like. The number of carbon atoms of the imine residue is usually from 2 to 20, preferably from 2 to 18. As the imine residue, for example, a general formula: -CR β =NR γ or a general formula: -N=C(R γ ) 2 (wherein R β represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or the like, An aryl group, an aralkyl group, an aralkenyl group, or an aralkynyl group, R γ independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, an aralkenyl group, or an arylalkynyl group, but two of R γ In this case, two R γ are a divalent group which are integrated with each other, and for example, an ethyl group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group or a hexamethylene group may be formed as a carbon atom number 2 The base shown by the alkenyl ring to 18). Examples of the imine residue include the following groups.

式中,Me表示甲基,以下,同樣。 In the formula, Me represents a methyl group, and the following is the same.

醯胺基的碳原子數通常是1至20,以2至18為佳。作為醯胺基者,可以列舉:甲醯胺基、乙醯胺基、丙醯胺基、丁醯胺基、苯醯胺基、三氟乙醯胺基、五氟苯醯胺基、二甲醯胺基、二乙醯胺基、二丙醯胺基、二丁醯胺基、二苯醯胺基、二(三氟乙醯)胺基、二(五氟苯醯)胺基等。 The mercapto group has usually from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 18. Examples of the guanamine group include a mercaptoamine group, an etidamine group, a propylamine group, a butylammonium group, a benzoguanamine group, a trifluoroacetamido group, a pentafluorophenylamine group, and a dimethyl group. An amidino group, a diethylamine group, a dipropylammonium group, a dibutylammonium group, a diphenylguanamine group, a bis(trifluoroacetamidine)amine group, a bis(pentafluorophenylhydrazine)amine group, or the like.

醯亞胺基是由醯亞胺除去在其氮原子結合的氫原子而得到之殘基,碳原子數通常是4至20,以4至18為佳。作為醯亞胺基者,可以列舉以下的基。 The quinone imine group is a residue obtained by removing a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom thereof by a quinone imine, and the number of carbon atoms is usually 4 to 20, preferably 4 to 18. As the quinone imine group, the following groups can be mentioned.

1價的雜環基是指,由雜環式化合物除去1個氫原子而殘留的原子團。在此,雜環式化合物是指,具有環式結構之有機化合物中,作為構成環之元素,不僅碳原子,尚含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、磷原子、硼原子、矽原子、硒原子、鍗原子、砷原子等雜原子的有機化合物。1價的雜環基也可以有取代基。1價雜環基的碳原子數通常是3至60,以3至20為佳。又,1價的雜環基的碳原子數是不含取代基的碳原子數。作為如此的1價雜環基者,例如,可以列舉:噻吩基、C1至C12烷基噻吩基、吡咯基、呋喃基、吡啶基、C1至C12烷基吡啶基、噠嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、三嗪基、吡咯烷基、哌啶基、喹啉基、異喹啉基,其中,噻吩基,C1至C12烷基噻吩基,吡啶基及C1至C12烷基吡啶 基為佳。又,作為1價的雜環基者,以1價的芳香族雜環基為佳。 The monovalent heterocyclic group is an atomic group remaining by removing one hydrogen atom from the heterocyclic compound. Here, the heterocyclic compound means that, in the organic compound having a cyclic structure, as an element constituting the ring, not only a carbon atom but also an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, a boron atom, a ruthenium atom, or a selenium An organic compound of a hetero atom such as an atom, a ruthenium atom or an arsenic atom. The monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The monovalent heterocyclic group has usually 3 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 20. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group is the number of carbon atoms which does not contain a substituent. Examples of such a monovalent heterocyclic group include a thienyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkylthiophenyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkyl pyridyl group, and a pyridazinyl group. , pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, wherein, thienyl, C 1 to C 12 alkylthiophenyl, pyridyl and C 1 to A C 12 alkyl pyridyl group is preferred. Further, as the monovalent heterocyclic group, a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group is preferred.

取代羧基是指,羧基中的氫原子以烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價雜環基所取代的基,即,以式:-C(=O)OR*(式中,R*是烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價的雜環基)所示的基。取代羧基的碳原子數通常是2至60,以2至48為佳。前述烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價的雜環基,可以有取代基。又,在上述碳原子數中是不含前述可以有取代基的烷基、芳基、芳烷基或是1價的雜環基之碳原子數者。作為取代羧基者,可以列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰基、s-丁氧基羰基、t-丁氧基羰基、戊氧基羰基、己氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、庚氧基羰基、辛氧基羰基、2-乙基己氧基羰基、壬氧基羰基、癸氧基羰基、3,7-二甲基辛氧基羰基、十二碳烷氧基羰基、三氟甲氧基羰基、五氟乙氧基羰基、全氟丁氧基羰基、全氟己氧基羰基、全氟辛氧基羰基、苯氧基羰基、萘氧基羰基、吡啶氧基羰基等。 The substituted carboxyl group means a group in which a hydrogen atom in a carboxyl group is substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group, that is, a formula: -C(=O)OR* (wherein, R * is a group represented by an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a monovalent heterocyclic group). The number of carbon atoms of the substituted carboxyl group is usually from 2 to 60, preferably from 2 to 48. The alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not limited to the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituted carboxyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, an isobutoxycarbonyl group, an s-butoxycarbonyl group, and a t-butyl group. Oxycarbonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, 3 , 7-dimethyloctyloxycarbonyl, dodecyloxycarbonyl, trifluoromethoxycarbonyl, pentafluoroethoxycarbonyl, perfluorobutoxycarbonyl, perfluorohexyloxycarbonyl, perfluorooctyl An oxycarbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a pyridyloxycarbonyl group or the like.

式(1)中,Y1是表示:-CO2 -、-SO3 -、-SO2 -、-PO3 -、或是-B(Ra)3 -等的1價基。作為Y1者,從離子性聚合物的酸性度之觀點而言,是以-CO2 -、-SO2 -、-PO3 -為理想,以-CO2 -為較佳,從離子性聚合物的安定性之觀點而言,是以-CO2 -、-SO3 -、-SO2 -或是-PO3 -為佳。 In the formula (1), Y 1 represents a monovalent group such as -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - , -PO 3 - or -B(R a ) 3 - . As Y 1 are, from the viewpoint of acidity of the ionic polymer, it is -CO 2 -, -SO 2 -, -PO 3 - ideal to -CO 2 - is preferred, from an ionic polymerization From the viewpoint of the stability of the object, it is preferably -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - or -PO 3 - .

式(1)中,M1表示金屬陽離子或有或無取代基的銨陽離子。作為金屬陽離子者,係以1價、2價或是3價的離子 為理想,例如,可以列舉:Li、Na、K、Cs、Be、Mg、Ca、Ba、Ag、Al、Bi、Cu、Fe、Ga、Mn、Pb、Sn、Ti、V、W、Y、Yb、Zn、Zr等的離子。其中以Li+、Na+、K+、Cs+、Ag+、Mg2+、Ca2+為較佳。又,作為銨離子可以有的取代基者,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、n-丁基、i-丁基、第三丁基等碳原子數1至10的烷基。 In the formula (1), M 1 represents a metal cation or an ammonium cation with or without a substituent. The metal cation is preferably a monovalent, divalent or trivalent ion, and examples thereof include Li, Na, K, Cs, Be, Mg, Ca, Ba, Ag, Al, Bi, and Cu. Ions of Fe, Ga, Mn, Pb, Sn, Ti, V, W, Y, Yb, Zn, Zr, and the like. Among them, Li + , Na + , K + , Cs + , Ag + , Mg 2+ , and Ca 2+ are preferred. Further, examples of the substituent which the ammonium ion may have include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, and a third butyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. alkyl.

式(1)中,Z1表示:F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RaSO3 -、RaCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、SO4 2-、HSO4 -、PO4 3-、HPO4 2-、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -In the formula (1), Z 1 represents: F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R a SO 3 - , R a COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - , NO 3 - , SO 4 2- , HSO 4 - , PO 4 3- , HPO 4 2- , H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - .

式(1)中,n1表示0以上的整數,由原料單體的合成觀點而言,理想的是0到8的整數,更佳的是0到2的整數。 In the formula (1), n1 represents an integer of 0 or more, and from the viewpoint of the synthesis of the raw material monomers, an integer of 0 to 8 is preferable, and an integer of 0 to 2 is more preferable.

式(1)中,a1表示1以上的整數,b1表示0以上的整數。 In the formula (1), a1 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b1 represents an integer of 0 or more.

a1及b1是以式(1)所示基的電荷成為0之方式而選擇。例如,Y1為-CO2 -、-SO3 -、-SO2 -、-PO3 -、或是-B(Ra)3 -,M1為1價的金屬陽離子或有或無取代基之銨陽離子,Z1為F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RaSO3 -、RaCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、HSO4 -、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -的情形,係以滿足a1=b1+1的方式來選擇。Y1為-CO2 -、-SO3 -、-SO2 -、-PO3 -、或是-B(Ra)3 -,M1為2價的金屬陽離子,Z1為F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RaSO3 -、RaCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、HSO4 -、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -的情形,係以滿足b1=2×a1-1的方式來選擇。Y1為-CO2 -、-SO3 -、 -SO2 -、-PO3 -、或是-B(Ra)3 -,M1為3價的金屬陽離子,Z1為F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RaSO3 -、RaCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、HSO4 -、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -的情形,係以滿足b1=3×a1-1的方式而選擇。Y1為-CO2 -、-SO3 -、-SO2 -、-PO3 -、或是-B(Ra)3 -,M1為1價的金屬陽離子或有或無取代基之銨陽離子,Z1為SO4 2-或是HPO4 2-的情形,係以滿足a1=2×b1+1的方式而選擇。在表示a1與b1關係的上述任何數學式中,a1是以1至5的整數為理想,更理想的是1或是2。 A1 and b1 are selected such that the charge represented by the formula (1) becomes zero. For example, Y 1 is -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - , -PO 3 - , or -B(R a ) 3 - , M 1 is a monovalent metal cation or with or without a substituent Ammonium cation, Z 1 is F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R a SO 3 - , R a COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - The case of CN - , NO 3 - , HSO 4 - , H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - is selected in such a manner as to satisfy a1 = b1 + 1 . Y 1 is -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - , -PO 3 - , or -B(R a ) 3 - , M 1 is a divalent metal cation, and Z 1 is F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R a SO 3 - , R a COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - , NO 3 - , HSO 4 - In the case of H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - , it is selected in such a manner as to satisfy b1 = 2 × a1-1. Y 1 is -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - , -PO 3 - , or -B(R a ) 3 - , M 1 is a trivalent metal cation, and Z 1 is F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R a SO 3 - , R a COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - , NO 3 - , HSO 4 - In the case of H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - , it is selected so as to satisfy b1 = 3 × a1-1. Y 1 is -CO 2 - , -SO 3 - , -SO 2 - , -PO 3 - , or -B(R a ) 3 - , and M 1 is a monovalent metal cation or ammonium with or without a substituent In the case where the cation, Z 1 is SO 4 2- or HPO 4 2- , it is selected so as to satisfy a1=2×b1+1. In any of the above mathematical expressions indicating the relationship between a1 and b1, a1 is ideally an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 or 2.

Ra是表示有或無取代基的碳原子數1至30之烷基或有或無取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基。作為此等基也可以有取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。作為Ra者,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子數1至20的烷基,苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基等。 R a is an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituent having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, with or without a substituent. The substituent may be the same as the substituent exemplified in the description of Q 1 described above. Substituents are in the plural, and these may be the same or different. As R a , a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, and a octyl group are exemplified. Carbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as phenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl and lauryl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl and the like An aryl group having an atomic number of 6 to 30 or the like.

作為前述式(1)所示基者,例如,可以列舉:以下的基。 Examples of the group represented by the above formula (1) include the following groups.

-COO-M+ -CH2-COO-M+ -(CH2)2-COO-M+ -(CH2)3-COO-M+ -(CH2)4-COO-M+ -COO - M + -CH 2 -COO - M + -(CH 2 ) 2 -COO - M + -(CH 2 ) 3 -COO - M + -(CH 2 ) 4 -COO - M +

-(CH2)5-COO-M+ -(CH2)6-COO-M+ -(CH2)7-COO-M+ -(CH2)8-COO-M+ -(CH 2 ) 5 -COO - M + -(CH 2 ) 6 -COO - M + -(CH 2 ) 7 -COO - M + -(CH 2 ) 8 -COO - M +

-O-CH2-COO-M+ -O-(CH2)2-COO-M+ -O-(CH2)3-COO-M+ -O-(CH2)4-COO-M+ -O-CH 2 -COO - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -COO - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -COO - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -COO - M +

-O-(CH2)5-COO-M+ -O-(CH2)6-COO-M+ -O-(CH2)7-COO-M+ -O-(CH2)8-COO-M+ -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -COO - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -COO - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -COO - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -COO - M +

-SO3 -M+ -CH2-SO3 -M+ -(CH2)2-SO3 -M+ -(CH2)3-SO3 -M+ -(CH2)4-SO3 -M+ -SO 3 - M + -CH 2 -SO 3 - M + -(CH 2 ) 2 -SO 3 - M + -(CH 2 ) 3 -SO 3 - M + -(CH 2 ) 4 -SO 3 - M +

-(CH2)5-SO3 -M+ -(CH2)6-SO3 -M+ -(CH2)7-SO3 -M+ -(CH2)8-SO3 -M+ -(CH 2 ) 5 -SO 3 - M + -(CH 2 ) 6 -SO 3 - M + -(CH 2 ) 7 -SO 3 - M + -(CH 2 ) 8 -SO 3 - M +

-O-CH2-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH2)2-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH2)3-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH2)4-SO3 -M+ -O-CH 2 -SO 3 - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -SO 3 - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -SO 3 - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -SO 3 - M +

-O-(CH2)5-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH2)6-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH2)7-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH2)8-SO3 -M+ -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -SO 3 - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -SO 3 - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -SO 3 - M + -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -SO 3 - M +

(式(2)所示之基) (base shown in equation (2))

式(2)中,作為Q2所示2價的有機基者,可以列舉:與在前述的相關Q1所示2價有機基例示者同樣的基,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以2價的飽和烴基、伸芳基、伸烷氧基為佳。 In the formula (2), the divalent organic group represented by Q 2 may be the same as the divalent organic group represented by the above-mentioned Q 1 , and the ease of synthesis of the raw material monomer is considered. In general, a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group or an alkyleneoxy group is preferred.

作為前述以Q2所示2價有機基的例子所列舉之基也可以有取代基,作為該取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。在取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等是可以相同也可以相異。 The group exemplified as the above-mentioned divalent organic group represented by Q 2 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 described above. . In the case where the substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

式(2)中,Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鏻陽離子、鋶陽離子、或是錪陽離子。 In the formula (2), Y 2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a phosphonium cation, a phosphonium cation, or a phosphonium cation.

作為碳陽離子者,例如,可以列舉:-C+R2(式中,R是 相同或是相異,表示烷基或是芳基。)所示之基。 As the carbocation, for example, a group represented by -C + R 2 (wherein R is the same or different and represents an alkyl group or an aryl group) can be mentioned.

作為銨陽離子者,例如,可以列舉:-N+R3(式中,R是相同或是相異,表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。)所示之基。 Examples of the ammonium cation include a group represented by -N + R 3 (wherein R is the same or different and represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group).

作為鏻陽離子者,例如,可以列舉:-P+R3(式中,R是相同或是相異,表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。)所示之基。 Examples of the phosphonium cation include a group represented by -P + R 3 (wherein R is the same or different and represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group).

作為鋶陽離子者,例如,可以列舉:-S+R2(式中,R是相同或是相異,表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。)所示之基。 Examples of the phosphonium cation include a group represented by -S + R 2 (wherein R is the same or different and represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group).

作為錪陽離子者,例如,可以列舉:-I+R2(式中,R是相同或是相異,表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。)所示之基。 Examples of the phosphonium cation include a group represented by -I + R 2 (wherein R is the same or different and represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group).

式(2)中,Y2,從原料單體合成的容易度以及對於原料單體及離子性聚合物的空氣、濕氣或是熱之安定性的觀點而言,以碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鏻陽離子、鋶陽離子為理想,以銨陽離子為更佳。 In the formula (2), Y 2 is a carbocation, an ammonium cation, or the like, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer and stability of air, moisture or heat of a raw material monomer and an ionic polymer. The phosphonium cation and the phosphonium cation are preferred, and the ammonium cation is more preferred.

式(2)中,Z2表示金屬陽離子或有或無取代基之銨陽離子。作為金屬陽離子者,是以1價、2價或是3價的離子為理想,可以列舉:Li、Na、K、Cs、Be、Mg、Ca、Ba、Ag、Al、Bi、Cu、Fe、Ga、Mn、Pb、Sn、Ti、V、W、Y、Yb、Zn、Zr等的離子。又,作為銨陽離子也可以有的取代基者,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、n-丁基、異丁基、第三丁基等碳原子數1至10的烷基。 In the formula (2), Z 2 represents a metal cation or an ammonium cation with or without a substituent. The metal cation is preferably a monovalent, divalent or trivalent ion, and examples thereof include Li, Na, K, Cs, Be, Mg, Ca, Ba, Ag, Al, Bi, Cu, and Fe. Ions such as Ga, Mn, Pb, Sn, Ti, V, W, Y, Yb, Zn, Zr, and the like. Further, examples of the substituent which may be an ammonium cation include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. alkyl.

式(2)中,M2表示:F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RbSO3 -、RbCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、SO4 2-、HSO4 -、PO4 3-、HPO4 2-、H2PO4 -、BF4 -、PF6 -或是BPh4 -In the formula (2), M 2 represents: F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R b SO 3 - , R b COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - , NO 3 - , SO 4 2- , HSO 4 - , PO 4 3- , HPO 4 2- , H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - , PF 6 - or BPh 4 - .

式(2)中,n2表示0以上的整數,理想的是由0到6 的整數,更理想的是由0到2的整數。 In the formula (2), n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, and preferably 0 to 6 The integer is more ideally an integer from 0 to 2.

式(2)中,a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數。 In the formula (2), a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more.

a2及b2是以式(2)所示基的電荷成為0的方式而選擇。例如,M2為F-、Cl-、Br-、I-、OH-、RbSO3 -、RbCOO-、ClO-、ClO2 -、ClO3 -、ClO4 -、SCN-、CN-、NO3 -、HSO4 -、H2PO4 -、BF4 -或是PF6 -的情形,Z2為1價的金屬離子或有或無取代基的銨離子的話,係以滿足a2=b2+1的方式而選擇,Z2為2價的金屬離子的話,係以滿足a2=2×b2+1的方式而選擇,Z2為3價的金屬離子的話,係以滿足a2=3×b2+1的方式而選擇。M2為SO4 2-、HPO4 2-的情形,Z2為1價的金屬離子或有或無取代基的銨離子的話,係以滿足b2=2×a2-1的方式而選擇,Z2為3價的金屬離子的話,係以滿足2×a2=3×b2+1的關係而選擇。在表示a2與b2的關係之上述任何數學式中,a2理想的是1至3的整數,更佳的是1或是2。 A2 and b2 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes zero. For example, M 2 is F - , Cl - , Br - , I - , OH - , R b SO 3 - , R b COO - , ClO - , ClO 2 - , ClO 3 - , ClO 4 - , SCN - , CN - In the case of NO 3 - , HSO 4 - , H 2 PO 4 - , BF 4 - or PF 6 - , Z 2 is a monovalent metal ion or an ammonium ion with or without a substituent, to satisfy a2 Selecting from the mode of =b2+1, if Z 2 is a divalent metal ion, it is selected so as to satisfy a2=2×b2+1, and if Z 2 is a trivalent metal ion, it is to satisfy a2=3. Select from the mode of ×b2+1. When M 2 is SO 4 2- or HPO 4 2- , and Z 2 is a monovalent metal ion or an ammonium ion with or without a substituent, it is selected so as to satisfy b2=2×a2-1, Z When 2 is a trivalent metal ion, it is selected so as to satisfy the relationship of 2 × a2 = 3 × b2 +1. In any of the above mathematical expressions indicating the relationship between a2 and b2, a2 is desirably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.

Rb是表示有或無取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基,或有或無取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基,作為此等基可以有的取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。在取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。作為Rb者,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子數1至20的烷基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基 等。 R b is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, and examples of the substituent which may be present as such a group include : the same substituent as the substituent exemplified in the description relating to Q 1 described above. In the case where the substituents are plural, these may be the same or different. As R b , a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, and a octyl group are exemplified. Alkyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, lauryl, and the like having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, etc. An aryl group having an atomic number of 6 to 30 or the like.

作為前述式(2)所示之基者,例如,可以列舉:以下的基。 Examples of the group represented by the above formula (2) include the following groups.

-NMe2Et+X- -CH2-NMe2Et+X- -(CH2)2-NMe2Et+X- -(CH2)3-NMe2Et+X- -(CH2)4-NMe2Et+X- -NMe 2 Et + X - -CH 2 -NMe 2 Et + X - -(CH 2 ) 2 -NMe 2 Et + X - -(CH 2 ) 3 -NMe 2 Et + X - -(CH 2 ) 4 - NMe 2 Et + X -

-(CH2)5-NMe2Et+X- -(CH2)6-NMe2Et+X- -(CH2)7-NMe2Et+X- -(CH2)8-NMe2Et+X- -(CH 2 ) 5 -NMe 2 Et + X - -(CH 2 ) 6 -NMe 2 Et + X - -(CH 2 ) 7 -NMe 2 Et + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NMe 2 Et + X -

-O-CH2-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH2)2-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH2)3-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH2)4-NMe2Et+X- -O-CH 2 -NMe 2 Et + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NMe 2 Et + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NMe 2 Et + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -NMe 2 Et + X -

-O-(CH2)5-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH2)6-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH2)7-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH2)8-NMe2Et+X- -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -NMe 2 Et + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -NMe 2 Et + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -NMe 2 Et + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -NMe 2 Et + X -

-NHMe2 +X- -CH2-NHMe2 +X- -(CH2)2-NHMe2 +X- -(CH2)3-NHMe2 +X- -(CH2)4-NHMe2 +X- -NHMe 2 + X - -CH 2 -NHMe 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 2 -NHMe 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 3 -NHMe 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 4 -NHMe 2 + X -

-(CH2)5-NHMe2 +X- -(CH2)6-NHMe2 +X- -(CH2)7-NHMe2 +X- -(CH2)8-NHMe2 +X- -(CH 2 ) 5 -NHMe 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 6 -NHMe 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 7 -NHMe 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NHMe 2 + X -

-O-CH2-NHMe2 +X- -O-(CH2)2-NHMe2 +X- -O-(CH2)3-NHMe2 +X- -O-(CH2)4-NHMe2 +X- -O-CH 2 -NHMe 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NHMe 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NHMe 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -NHMe 2 + X -

-O-(CH2)5-NMe3 +X- -O-(CH2)6-NMe3 +X- -O-(CH2)7-NHMe2 +X- -O-(CH2)8-NHMe2 +X- -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -NMe 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -NMe 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -NHMe 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -NHMe 2 + X -

-NEt3 +X- -CH2-NEt3 +X- -(CH2)2-NEt3 +X- -(CH2)3-NEt3 +X- -(CH2)4-NEt3 +X- -NEt 3 + X - -CH 2 -NEt 3 + X - -(CH 2 ) 2 -NEt 3 + X - -(CH 2 ) 3 -NEt 3 + X - -(CH 2 ) 4 -NEt 3 + X -

-(CH2)5-NEt3 +X- -(CH2)6-NEt3 +X- -(CH2)7-NEt3 +X- -(CH2)8-NEt3 +X- -(CH 2 ) 5 -NEt 3 + X - -(CH 2 ) 6 -NEt 3 + X - -(CH 2 ) 7 -NEt 3 + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NEt 3 + X -

-O-CH2-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH2)2-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH2)3-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH2)4-NEt3 +X- -O-CH 2 -NEt 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NEt 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NEt 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -NEt 3 + X -

-O-(CH2)5-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH2)6-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH2)7-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH2)8-NEt3 +X- -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -NEt 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -NEt 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -NEt 3 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -NEt 3 + X -

-NHEt2 +X- -CH2-NHEt2 +X- -(CH2)2-NHEt2 +X- -(CH2)3-NHEt2 +X- -(CH2)4-NHEt2 +X- -NHEt 2 + X - -CH 2 -NHEt 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 2 -NHEt 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 3 -NHEt 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 4 -NHEt 2 + X -

-(CH2)5-NHEt2 +X- -(CH2)8-NHEt2 +X- -(CH2)7-NHEt2 +X- -(CH2)8-NHEt2 +X- -(CH 2 ) 5 -NHEt 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NHEt 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 7 -NHEt 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NHEt 2 + X -

-O-CH2-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH2)2-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH2)3-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH2)4-NHEt2 +X- -O-CH 2 -NHEt 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NHEt 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NHEt 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -NHEt 2 + X -

-O-(CH2)5-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH2)6-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH2)7-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH2)8-NHEt2 +X- -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -NHEt 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -NHEt 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -NHEt 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -NHEt 2 + X -

-NEtPh2 +X- -CH2-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH2)2-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH2)3-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH2)4-NEtPh2 +X- -NEtPh 2 + X - -CH 2 -NEtPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 2 -NEtPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 3 -NEtPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 4 -NEtPh 2 + X -

-(CH2)5-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH2)6-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH2)7-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH2)8-NEtPh2 +X- -(CH 2 ) 5 -NEtPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 6 -NEtPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 7 -NEtPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NEtPh 2 + X -

-O-CH2-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)2-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)3-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)4-NEtPh2 +X- -O-CH 2 -NEtPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NEtPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NEtPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -NEtPh 2 + X -

-O-(CH2)5-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)6-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)7-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)8-NEtPh2 +X- -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -NEtPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -NEtPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -NEtPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -NEtPh 2 + X -

-NHPh2 +X- -CH2-NHPh2 +X- -(CH2)2-NHPh2 +X- -(CH2)3-NHPh2 +X- -(CH2)4-NHPh2 +X- -NHPh 2 + X - -CH 2 -NHPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 2 -NHPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 3 -NHPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 4 -NHPh 2 + X -

-(CH2)5-NHPh2 +X- -(CH2)6-NHPh2 +X- -(CH2)7-NHPh2 +X- -(CH2)8-NHPh2 +X- -(CH 2 ) 5 -NHPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 6 -NHPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 7 -NHPh 2 + X - -(CH 2 ) 8 -NHPh 2 + X -

-O-CH2-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)2-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)3-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)4-NHPh2 +X- -O-CH 2 -NHPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 2 -NHPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 3 -NHPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 4 -NHPh 2 + X -

-O-(CH2)5-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)6-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)7-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH2)8-NHPh2 +X- -O-(CH 2 ) 5 -NHPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 6 -NHPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 7 -NHPh 2 + X - -O-(CH 2 ) 8 -NHPh 2 + X -

(式(3)所示的基) (base shown in formula (3))

式(3)中,作為Q3所示2價的有機基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1所示2價的有機基相關例示者同樣的基,從原料單體的合成容易度的觀點而言,以2價的飽和烴基、伸芳基、伸烷氧基為佳。 In the formula (3), the divalent organic group represented by Q 3 may be the same as those of the divalent organic group represented by Q 1 described above, and the ease of synthesis from the raw material monomers. From the viewpoint, a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group or an alkyleneoxy group is preferred.

作為前述Q3所示2價的有機基之例舉基也可以有取代 基,作為該取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等是相同也可以是相異。 The exemplified group of the divalent organic group represented by the above Q 3 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above. Substituents are in the plural, and these are the same or different.

作為前述Q3所示2價的有機基者,係以-(CH2)-所示基為佳。 The divalent organic group represented by the above Q 3 is preferably a group represented by -(CH 2 )-.

n3表示0以上的整數,理想的是0至20的整數,更理想的是0至8的整數。 N3 represents an integer of 0 or more, and is preferably an integer of 0 to 20, more preferably an integer of 0 to 8.

式(3)中,Y3表示-CN,或是式(4)至(12)中任何一個所示之基。 In the formula (3), Y 3 represents -CN or a group represented by any one of the formulae (4) to (12).

式(4)至(12)中,作為R’所示2價的烴基者,可以列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、1,2-伸丙基、1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸丁基、1,3-伸丁基、1,4-伸丁基、1,5-伸戊基、1,6-伸己基、1,9-伸壬基、1,12-伸十二碳基,此等基之中的至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的2價飽和烴基;伸乙烯基、伸丙烯基、3-伸丁烯基、2-伸丁烯基、2-伸戊烯基、2-伸己烯基、2-伸壬烯基、2-伸十二碳烯基,此等的基中至少1個的氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基之碳原子數2至50的烯基;及包含伸乙炔基之有或無有取代基的碳原子數2至50的2價不飽和烴基;伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二碳基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛基,此等基之中的至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數3至50之2價環狀飽和烴基;1,3-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、2,6-伸 萘基、聯苯-4,4’-二基,此等基之中的至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數6至50之伸芳基;伸甲基氧基、伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基、伸丁氧基、伸戊氧基、伸己氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代的基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數1至50的伸烷氧基等。 In the formulae (4) to (12), examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R' include a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a 1,2-extended propyl group, a 1,3-propanyl group, and 1, 2-tert-butyl, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-tert-butyl, 1,5-amyl, 1,6-extension, 1,9-extension, 1,12-extension a dodecyl group, a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms is substituted with a substituent; a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 2-butenbutenyl group, a 2-endopentenyl group, a 2-extended hexenyl group, a 2-extended alkenyl group, a 2-extended dodecenyl group, and at least An alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, wherein the hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent; and a carbon atom having 2 to 50 carbon atoms having or without a substituent of an exetylene group; a divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group; a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutene butyl group, a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorene group, a ferronic group, an exoskeleton group, and the like a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, wherein at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent; , 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-naphthyl, 1,5-naphthyl extension, extending 2,6- a naphthyl group, a biphenyl-4,4'-diyl group, an alkyl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms is substituted with a substituent a methyloxy group, an ethoxylated group, a propenyloxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. The alkyleneoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms or the like having or having a substituent.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與前述的Q1相關說明中例示之取代基同樣的取代基。取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等是相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above. Substituents are in the plural, and these are the same or different.

式(4)至(12)中,作為R"所示1價的烴基者,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個的氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基等。從離子性聚合物的溶解性之觀點而言,以甲基、乙基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基為佳。作為前述取代基者可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等是相同也可以是相異。 In the formulae (4) to (12), examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R" include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a Tributyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, with or without substitution of at least one hydrogen atom in the group substituted with a substituent An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and at least one hydrogen group An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent, etc. From the viewpoint of solubility of the ionic polymer, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, A 1-naphthyl group or a 2-naphthyl group is preferred. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above. In the case where a plurality of substituents are present, such a case It is the same or it can be different.

式(5)中,作為R'''所示3價的烴基者,可以列舉:甲烷三基、乙烷三基、1,2,3-丙烷三基、1,2,4-丁烷三基、1,2,5-戊烷三基、1,3,5-戊烷三基、1,2,6-己烷三基、 1,3,6-己烷三基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷三基;1,2,3-苯三基、1,2,4-苯三基、1,3,5-苯三基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基等。從離子性聚合物的溶解性之觀點而言,以甲烷三基、乙烷三基、1,2,4-苯三基、1,3,5-苯三基為佳。作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述Q1的相關說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。在取代基為複數個存在之情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (5), examples of the trivalent hydrocarbon group represented by R''' include a methane triyl group, an ethane triyl group, a 1,2,3-propane triyl group, and a 1,2,4-butane three group. 1,1,5-pentanetriyl, 1,3,5-pentanetriyl, 1,2,6-hexanetriyl, 1,3,6-hexanetriyl, such radicals An alkanetriyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the substituent; 1,2,3-benzenetriyl, 1,2,4-benzene A 1,3,5-benzenetriyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or the like having at least one hydrogen atom substituted by a substituent, or the like. From the viewpoint of solubility of the ionic polymer, a methane triyl group, an ethane triyl group, a 1,2,4-benzenetriyl group or a 1,3,5-benzenetriyl group is preferred. As the substituent, the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above can be mentioned. Where the substituents are plural, such may be the same or different.

式(4)至(12)中,作為Rc者,從離子性聚合物的溶解性之觀點而言,以甲基、乙基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基為佳。 In the formulae (4) to (12), as the R c , a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group or a 2-naphthyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of solubility of the ionic polymer.

式(4)及式(5)中,a3是表示1以上的整數,以3至10的整數為佳。式(6)至(12)中,a4是表示0以上的整數。在式(6)中,a4是以0至30的整數為理想,以3至20的整數為較佳。在式(7)至(10)中,a4是以0至10的整數為理想,以0至5的整數為較佳。在式(11)中,a4是以0至20的整數為理想,以3至20的整數為較佳。在式(12)中,a4是以0至20的整數為理想,以0至10的整數為較佳。 In the formulae (4) and (5), a3 is an integer of 1 or more, and preferably an integer of 3 to 10. In the formulae (6) to (12), a4 is an integer representing 0 or more. In the formula (6), a4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 30, and preferably an integer of 3 to 20. In the formulae (7) to (10), a4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 10, and preferably an integer of 0 to 5. In the formula (11), a4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 20, and preferably an integer of 3 to 20. In the formula (12), a4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 20, and preferably an integer of 0 to 10.

作為Y3者,從原料單體合成的容易度之觀點而言,以-CN、式(4)所示基、式(6)所示基、式(10)所示基、式(11)所示基為理想,以式(4)所示基、式(6)所示基、式(11)所示基為更佳,以下的基為特佳。 As Y 3 , from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer, a group represented by -CN, formula (4), a group represented by formula (6), a group represented by formula (10), and formula (11) The group shown is preferably a group represented by the formula (4), a group represented by the formula (6), and a group represented by the formula (11), and the following groups are particularly preferred.

-O-(CH2CH2O)2Me -O-(CH2CH2O)3Me -O-(CH2CH2O)4Me -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 2 Me -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 3 Me -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 4 Me

-O-(CH2CH2O)5Me -O-(CH2CH2O)6Me -O-(CH2CH2O)7Me -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 5 Me -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 6 Me -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 7 Me

-O-(CH2CH2O)2H -O-(CH2CH2O)3H -O-(CH2CH2O)4H -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 2 H -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 3 H -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 4 H

-O-(CH2CH2O)5H -O-(CH2CH2O)6H -O-(CH2CH2O)7H -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 5 H -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 6 H -O-(CH 2 CH 2 O) 7 H

(離子性聚合物中的構造單元) (structural unit in ionic polymer)

在本發明中使用的離子性聚合物是以有前述式(13)所示構造單元、前述式(15)所示構造單元、前述式(17)所示構造單元、前述式(20)所示構造單元為理想,前述構造單元在全構造單元中,以有15至100莫耳%之離子性聚合物為較佳。 The ionic polymer used in the present invention is a structural unit represented by the above formula (13), a structural unit represented by the above formula (15), a structural unit represented by the above formula (17), and the above formula (20). It is desirable that the structural unit is preferably an ionic polymer having 15 to 100 mol% in the entire structural unit.

(式(13)所示之構造單元) (structural unit shown in formula (13))

式(13)中,R1是含有式(14)所示基的1價基,Ar1是表示R1以外的有或無有取代基之(2+n4)價芳香族基,n4是表示1以上的整數。 In the formula (13), R 1 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (14), and Ar 1 is a (2+n4)-valent aromatic group having a substituent other than R 1 , and n 4 is a An integer of 1 or more.

式(14)所示之基,也可以與Ar1直接結合,也可以經由下述基團而與Ar1結合:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸壬基、伸十二碳基、伸環丙基、 伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二碳基、伸降冰片烯基、伸金剛基,此等基之中的至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數1至50的伸烷基;氧亞甲基、氧伸乙烯、氧伸丙基、氧伸丁基、氧伸戊基、氧伸己基、氧伸壬基、氧伸十二碳基、伸環丙氧基、伸環丁氧基、伸環戊氧基、伸環己氧基、伸環壬氧基、伸環十二碳氧基、伸降冰片氧基、伸金剛氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無有取代基的碳原子數1至50的氧伸烷基;有或無有取代基的亞胺基;有或無有取代基的伸矽基;有或無有取代基的伸乙烯基;伸乙炔基;有或無有取代基的甲烷三基;氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等雜原子。 Formula (14) shown in the group may be directly bonded to Ar 1, can also be bonded via the following groups 1 and Ar: methylene, stretching ethyl, propyl stretched, stretch-butyl, pentyl extension, Extending a hexyl group, stretching a thiol group, stretching a 12-carbon group, stretching a propyl group, stretching a butyl group, stretching a cyclopentyl group, stretching a cyclohexyl group, stretching a fluorenyl group, stretching a 12-carbon group, stretching a norbornene group, An exosmandine group, an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, wherein at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent; an oxymethylene group, an oxygen-extended ethylene group, Oxypropyl propyl, oxybutylene, oxopentyl, oxyhexyl, oxo, oxydecafluoro, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, exo a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a ferroceneoxy group, an exo-adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like An oxygen-free alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms without a substituent; an imine group having or without a substituent; a mercapto group having or without a substituent; a vinyl group having or without a substituent; Ethylene group; with or without Substituent -methanetriyltris; hetero atom an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.

前述Ar1也可以是有R1以外的取代基。作為該取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示的取代基同樣的取代基。前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等也可以是相同也可以是相異。 The above Ar 1 may have a substituent other than R 1 . The substituent similar to the substituent exemplified in the description of Q 1 above may be mentioned as the substituent. The above substituents are plural cases, and these may be the same or different.

作為前述Ar1有的R1以外之取代基者,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點言,係以烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、羧基或是取代羧基為佳。 The substituent other than R 1 in the above Ar 1 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a carboxyl group or a substituted carboxyl group from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomer.

式(13)中,n4表示1以上的整數,理想的是1至4的整數,更理想的是1至3的整數。 In the formula (13), n4 represents an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

式(13)中,作為Ar1所示(2+n4)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:(2+n4)價的芳香族烴基、(2+n4)價的芳香族雜環基,以只有碳原子,或是,碳原子與選自由氫原子、氮原 子及氧原子所成群組中1個以上的原子所成的(2+n4)價芳香族基為佳。作為該(2+n4)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:由苯環、吡啶環、1,2-二吖嗪環、1,3-二吖嗪環、1,4-二吖嗪環、1,3,5-三吖嗪環、呋喃環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、噁唑環、吖唑環等單環式芳香環除去(2+n4)個氫原子的(2+n4)價基;由該單環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的環經縮合之縮合多環式芳香環除去(2+n4)個氫原子的(2+n4)價基;將由該單環式芳香環及該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的芳香環,以單鍵、伸乙烯基或是伸乙炔基連結所成的芳香環集合除去(2+n4)個氫原子的(2+n4)價基;將該縮合多環式芳香環或是該芳香環集合的相鄰2個芳香環以亞甲基、伸乙基、羰基等2價基橋接之具有交聯的有橋多環式芳香環中除去(2+n4)個氫原子的(2+n4)價基等。 In the formula (13), examples of the (2+n4)-valent aromatic group represented by Ar 1 include a (2+n4)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a (2+n4)-valent aromatic heterocyclic group. It is preferable that only a carbon atom or a carbon atom is a (2+n4)-valent aromatic group formed by one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. Examples of the (2+n4)-valent aromatic group include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,2-dioxazine ring, a 1,3-dioxazine ring, and a 1,4-dioxazine ring. a monocyclic aromatic ring such as a 1,3,5-triazine ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring or an indazole ring, which removes (2+n4) hydrogen atoms (2) +n4) valence group; (2+n4) valence group for removing (2+n4) hydrogen atoms by condensed condensed polycyclic aromatic ring selected from two or more ring groups of the monocyclic aromatic ring Selecting two or more aromatic rings from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and removing the aromatic ring by a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group ( 2+n4) (2+n4) valence of a hydrogen atom; the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring or two adjacent aromatic rings of the aromatic ring are methylene, ethyl, carbonyl, etc. The (2+n4) valence group in which (2+n4) hydrogen atoms are removed from the bridged polycyclic aromatic ring having a crosslink.

作為單環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:以下的構造1至12所示之環。 As the monocyclic aromatic ring, for example, the ring represented by the following structures 1 to 12 can be cited.

作為縮合多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:以下的構造13至27所示之環。 Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring include the rings shown in the following structures 13 to 27.

作為芳香環集合者,例如,可以列舉:以下的構造28至36所示之環。 As the aromatic ring collector, for example, the rings shown in the following structures 28 to 36 can be cited.

作為有橋多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:以下的構造37至44所示之環。 As the bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, for example, the ring shown by the following structures 37 to 44 can be cited.

作為前述(2+n4)價的芳香族基者,從原料單體合成的容易度之觀點而言,以由構造1至14、26至29、37至39或是41所示環除去(2+n4)個氫原子的基為理想,由構造1至6、8、13、26、27、37或是41所示環除去(2+n4)個氫原子的基為較佳,由構造1、37或是41所示環除去(2+n4)個氫原子的基為更佳。 As the aromatic radical of the above (2+n4) valence, it is removed by a ring represented by the structures 1 to 14, 26 to 29, 37 to 39 or 41 from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers (2) Preferably, the group of +n4) hydrogen atoms is ideal, and the group of (2+n4) hydrogen atoms is preferably removed from the ring represented by the structure 1 to 6, 8, 13, 26, 27, 37 or 41. It is more preferable that the ring represented by 37 or 41 removes a group of (2+n4) hydrogen atoms.

式(14)中,作為R2所示(1+m1+m2)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30 的芳基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基的胺基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基的矽基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基,從原料單體合成的容易度之觀點而言,係以由烷基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基、由芳基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基、由烷氧基除去(m1+m2)個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (14), examples of the organic group having a valence of (1+m1+m2) represented by R 2 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like. Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. a group of (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-fluorenyl a 9-fluorenyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed by (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like The alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent removes (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms a group which removes (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; a group in which (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms are removed from a thiol group having a substituent having a carbon atom, from a raw material From the viewpoint of easiness of monomer synthesis, a group in which (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms are removed by an alkyl group, a group in which (m1+m2) hydrogen atoms are removed from an aryl group, and alkoxy group is removed (m1) The base of +m2) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 described above. The above substituents are in the plural case, and these may be the same or different.

(式(15)所示構造單元) (structural unit shown in equation (15))

式(15)中,R3是含有式(16)所示基的1價基,Ar2是表示R3以外的有或無取代基的(2+n5)價之芳香族基,n5表示1以上的整數。 In the formula (15), R 3 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (16), and Ar 2 is an (2+n5)-valent aromatic group having or without a substituent other than R 3 , and n5 represents 1 The above integer.

式(16)所示之基,可以與Ar2直接結合:也可以經由下述基團而與Ar2結合:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸壬基、伸十二碳基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二碳基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50 之伸烷基;氧伸甲基、氧伸乙基、氧伸丙基、氧伸丁基、氧伸戊基、氧伸己基、氧伸壬基、氧伸十二碳基、伸環丙氧基、伸環丁氧基、伸環戊氧基、伸環己氧基、伸環壬氧基、伸環十二碳氧基、伸降冰片氧基、伸金剛氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之氧伸烷基;有或無取代基的亞胺基;有或無取代基的伸矽基;有或無取代基的伸乙烯基;伸乙炔基;有或無取代基的甲烷三基;氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等雜原子。 Formula (16) shown in the group may be directly bonded to Ar 2: may be bonded to Ar 2 through the following groups: methylene, stretching ethyl, propyl stretched, stretch-butyl, pentyl extension, extending Hexyl, thiol, decyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, fluorenyl, fluorene, tetradecyl, borneol a group of alkyl groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted by a substituent such as at least one hydrogen atom in the group; an oxygen-extension methyl group, an oxygen-extended ethyl group, and an oxygen-extended group Base, oxybutylene, oxopentyl, oxyhexanyl, oxo, oxydecaxenylene, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a ferroceneoxy group, an exo-adamantyloxy group, a group having at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a substituent, etc., with or without a substituent Oxyalkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms; imino group with or without a substituent; exudyl group with or without a substituent; vinyl group with or without a substituent; ethynyl group; with or without Substituted methane triyl; Atom hetero atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.

前述Ar2是也可以有R3以外的取代基。作為該取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示之取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 The Ar 2 may be a substituent other than R 3 . As the substituent, the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above can be mentioned. In the case where the aforementioned substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

作為前述Ar2為有R3以外的取代基者,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、羧基或是取代羧基為佳。 In the case where the Ar 2 is a substituent other than R 3 , an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a carboxyl group or a substituted carboxyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomer.

式(15)中,n5表示1以上的整數,理想的是1至4的整數,更理想的是1至3的整數。 In the formula (15), n5 represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

作為式(15)中的Ar2所示(2+n5)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:(2+n5)價的芳香族烴基、(2+n5)價的芳香族雜環基,以只有碳原子,或是碳原子與由氫原子、氮原子及氧原子所成群組中選擇1個以上的原子所成(2+n5)價的芳香族基為佳。作為該(2+n5)價的芳香族基者,由苯環、吡啶環、1,2-二吖嗪環、1,3-二吖嗪環、1,4-二吖嗪環、1,3,5- 三吖嗪環、呋喃環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、噁唑環、吖二唑環等單環式芳香環除去(2+n5)個氫原子的(2+n5)價基;由該單環式芳香環所成群組中由選擇二個以上的環經縮合之縮合多環式芳香環除去(2+n5)個氫原子的(2+n5)價基;由該單環式芳香環及該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的芳香環,以單鍵、伸乙烯基或是伸乙炔基連結而成的芳香環集合除去(2+n5)個氫原子的(2+n5)價基;由該縮合多環式芳香環或是該芳香環集合的相鄰2個芳香環以亞甲基、伸乙基、羰基等2價基橋接之具有交聯的有橋多環式芳香環除去(2+n5)個氫原子的(2+n5)價基等。 Examples of the (2+n5)-valent aromatic group represented by Ar 2 in the formula (15) include a (2+n5)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a (2+n5)-valent aromatic heterocyclic group. It is preferred that only a carbon atom or an aromatic group having a (2+n5) valence of one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom is preferred. As the (2+n5)-valent aromatic group, a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,2-dioxazine ring, a 1,3-dioxazine ring, a 1,4-dioxazine ring, 1, a monocyclic aromatic ring such as a 3,5-triazine ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring or an oxadiazole ring, removes (2+n5) hydrogen atoms (2+n5) a valence group; a (2+n5) valence group of (2+n5) hydrogen atoms removed by a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring in which two or more rings are condensed by a group of the monocyclic aromatic rings; Two or more aromatic rings are selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and are removed by a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group. +n5) a (2+n5) valent group of a hydrogen atom; a divalent group derived from the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring or two adjacent aromatic rings of the aromatic ring, such as a methylene group, an ethyl group, a carbonyl group or the like The bridged polycyclic aromatic ring having a cross-linking removes (2+n5) valence groups of (2+n5) hydrogen atoms and the like.

作為單環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示構造單元相關說明中例示的構造1至12所示之環。 As the monocyclic aromatic ring, for example, a ring represented by the structures 1 to 12 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為縮合多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示構造單元相關說明中例示的構造13至27所示之環。 The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the structures 13 to 27 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13).

作為芳香環集合者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示構造單元相關說明中例示之構造28至36所示的環。 As the aromatic ring collector, for example, a ring represented by the structures 28 to 36 exemplified in the description of the structural unit shown by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為有橋多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示構造單元相關說明中例示的構造37至44所示之環。 As the bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, for example, a ring represented by the structures 37 to 44 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為前述(2+n5)價的芳香族基者,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由構造1至14、26至29、37至39或是以41所示環除去(2+n5)個氫原子的基為理想,以由構造1至6、8、13、26、27、37或是41所示環除去(2+n5)個氫原子的基為較佳,以由構造1、37或是41所示環除去(2+n5)個氫原子的基為更佳。 The (2+n5)-valent aromatic group is removed by a ring represented by the structures 1 to 14, 26 to 29, 37 to 39 or 41 from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers ( Preferably, a group of 2+n5) hydrogen atoms is preferred, and a group of (2+n5) hydrogen atoms is preferably removed by a ring represented by the structure 1 to 6, 8, 13, 26, 27, 37 or 41. It is more preferable to remove (2+n5) hydrogen atoms from the ring represented by the structure 1, 37 or 41.

式(16)中,m3及m4各自獨立表示1以上的整數。 In the formula (16), m3 and m4 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.

式(16)中,作為R4所示(1+m3+m4)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,係以由烷基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基,由芳基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去(m3+m4)個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (16), examples of the organic group having a valence of (1+m3+m4) represented by R 4 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like. Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. a group of (m3+m4) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl a 9-fluorenyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed by (m3+m4) hydrogen atoms. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like Removal of (m3+m4) hydrogen atoms with an alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent Group; a substituted group having the carbon-atom of the amine was removed (m3 + m4) hydrogen atoms of the group; the silicon based substituent group removed (m3 + m4) hydrogen atoms by a group having a carbon-atoms. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer, a group of (m3+m4) hydrogen atoms is removed from an alkyl group, and a group of (m3+m4) hydrogen atoms is removed from the aryl group, and is removed by an alkoxy group. The base of (m3+m4) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述Q1相關說明中例示之取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等是可以相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above. In the case where the above substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

(式(17)所示結構單元) (Structural unit shown in equation (17))

式(17)中,R5是含有式(18)所示基的1價基,R6是含有式(19)所示基的1價基,Ar3是表示R5及R6以外的有或無取代基的(2+n6+n7)價之芳香族基,n6及n7是各個獨立,表示1以上的整數。 In the formula (17), R 5 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (18), R 6 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (19), and Ar 3 is a group other than R 5 and R 6 Or an unsubstituted (2+n6+n7)-valent aromatic group, and n6 and n7 are each independently and represent an integer of 1 or more.

式(18)所示基及式(19)所示基,可以與Ar3直接結合,也可以經由下基團而與Ar3結合:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸壬基、伸十二碳基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二碳基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之伸烷基;氧伸甲基、氧伸乙基、氧伸丙基、氧伸丁基、氧伸戊基、氧伸己基、氧伸壬基、氧伸十二碳基、伸環丙氧基、伸環丁氧基、伸環戊氧基、伸環己氧基、伸環壬氧基、伸環十二碳烯氧基、伸降冰片氧基、伸金剛氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之氧伸烷基;有或無取代基的亞胺基;有或無取代基的伸矽基;有或無取代基的伸乙烯基;伸乙炔基;有或無取代基的甲烷三基;氧原子、氮原子、硫黃原子等雜原子。 (18) and a group of formula (19) represents a group of formula, 3 can be directly bonded to Ar, may also be combined with Ar 3 through the group: a methylene group, an ethyl stretching, stretching propyl, butyl extension , pentyl group, hexanyl group, hydrazine group, 12 carbon group, propyl group, butyl ring, pentylene group, cyclohexyl group, fluorene ring, fluorene ring, 12 carbon base a norbornyl group, an exo-adamantyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the group; Ethyl, oxypropyl propyl, oxobutyl, oxopentyl, oxetyl, oxo, oxydecafluoro, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyl a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclodecadecenyloxy group, a ferroceneoxy group, an exo-adamantyloxy group, and a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent Or an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; an imine group with or without a substituent; a mercapto group with or without a substituent; a vinyl group with or without a substituent; Ethylene group; with or without substituent Three alkyl groups; hetero atom an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and the like.

前述Ar3是也可以有R5及R6以外的取代基。作為該取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示之取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等是可以相同,也可以是相異。 Ar 3 may be a substituent other than R 5 and R 6 . As the substituent, the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above can be mentioned. In the case where the above substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

作為前述Ar3有的R5及R6以外的取代基者,從原料單 體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、羧基或是取代羧基為佳。 As a substituent other than R 5 and R 6 in the above Ar 3 , an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a carboxyl group or a substituted carboxyl group is used from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer. It is better.

式(17)中,n6表示1以上的整數,理想的是1至4的整數,更理想的是由1至3的整數。 In the formula (17), n6 represents an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

式(17)中,n7表示1以上的整數,理想的是由1至4的整數,更理想的是由1至3的整數。 In the formula (17), n7 represents an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

作為式(17)中的Ar3所示(2+n6+n7)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:(2+n6+n7)價的芳香族烴基、(2+n6+n7)價的芳香族雜環基,以只有碳原子、或是碳原子與由氫原子、氮原子及氧原子所成群組中選擇1個以上的原子所成的(2+n6+n7)價之芳香族基為佳。作為該(2+n6+n7)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:由苯環、吡啶環、1,2-二吖嗪環、1,3-二吖嗪環、1,4-二吖嗪環、呋喃環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、噁唑環等單環式芳香環除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的(2+n6+n7)價基;由該單環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的環經縮合之縮合多環式芳香環除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的(2+n6+n7)價基;由該單環式芳香環及該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的芳香環,以單鍵、伸乙烯基或是伸乙炔基連結而由所成芳香環集合除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的(2+n6+n7)價基;該縮合多環式芳香環或是該芳香環集合的相鄰2個芳香環以亞甲基、伸乙基、羰基等的2價基橋接之具有交聯的有橋多環式芳香環除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的(2+n6+n7)價基等。 Examples of the (2+n6+n7)-valent aromatic group represented by Ar 3 in the formula (17) include (2+n6+n7)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon groups and (2+n6+n7) valences. An aromatic heterocyclic group is a (2+n6+n7) aromatic having only a carbon atom or a carbon atom and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. The base is good. Examples of the (2+n6+n7)-valent aromatic group include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,2-dioxazine ring, a 1,3-dioxazine ring, and 1,4-dioxene. (2+n6+n7) valence group of (2+n6+n7) hydrogen atoms removed by a monocyclic aromatic ring such as a azine ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring or an oxazole ring; Selecting two or more ring-condensed condensed polycyclic aromatic rings in a group of cyclic aromatic rings to remove (2+n6+n7) valence groups of (2+n6+n7) hydrogen atoms; Two or more aromatic rings are selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and are removed by a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group, and are removed from the aromatic ring set (2+n6+) N7) a (2+n6+n7) valence group of a hydrogen atom; the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring or the two adjacent aromatic rings of the aromatic ring group having a methylene group, an ethyl group, a carbonyl group, etc. The bridged polycyclic aromatic ring having a cross-linking has a (2+n6+n7) valence group of (2+n6+n7) hydrogen atoms.

作為單環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所 示結構單元相關說明中例示之結構1至5,結構7至10所示之環。 As a monocyclic aromatic ring, for example, it can be mentioned in the formula (13) The structures shown in the related description of the structural unit are shown in the structures 1 to 5 and the structures shown in the structures 7 to 10.

作為縮合多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元相關說明中例示之構結13至27所示之環。 The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the structures 13 to 27 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13).

作為芳香環集合者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元有關說明中例示的結構28至36所示之環。 As the aromatic ring collector, for example, a ring represented by the structures 28 to 36 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為有橋多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元相關說明中例示之結構37至44所示之環。 As the bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, for example, a ring represented by the structures 37 to 44 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為前述(2+n6+n7)價的芳香族基者,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由結構1至5、7至10、13、14、26至29、37至39、41或是42所示環除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的基為理想,以由結構1、37、38、41或是42所示環除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的基為較佳,以由結構1、38或是42所示環除去(2+n6+n7)個氫原子的基為更佳。 As the above-mentioned (2+n6+n7)-valent aromatic group, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, from the structures 1 to 5, 7 to 10, 13, 14, 26 to 29, 37 to The group represented by 39, 41 or 42 removes (2+n6+n7) hydrogen atoms, and is preferably removed by the ring represented by structure 1, 37, 38, 41 or 42 (2+n6+n7) The group of a hydrogen atom is preferred, and a group of (2+n6+n7) hydrogen atoms is preferably removed by a ring represented by the structure 1, 38 or 42.

式(18)中,R7是表示單結合或是(1+m5)價的有機基,以(1+m5)價的有機基為佳。 In the formula (18), R 7 is an organic group having a single bond or a (1+m5) valence, and preferably an organic group having a (1+m5) valence.

式(18)中,作為R7所示(1+m5)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去m5個的氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基除去 m5個的氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去m5個的氫原子之基;由具有含碳原子之取代基的胺基除去m5個的氫原子之基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去m5個的氫原子之基,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由烷基除去m5個氫原子的基,由芳基除去m5個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去m5個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (18), examples of the (1+m5)-valent organic group represented by R 7 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a second group. a group, a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted by a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove a group of m5 hydrogen atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, and the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is substituted for a group of m5 hydrogen atoms; methoxy group, ethoxy group , propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclo a decyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a carbon atom having or without a substituent, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms is substituted with a substituent or the like Alkoxy groups of 1 to 50 to remove m5 hydrogen atoms; The amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom removes a group of m5 hydrogen atoms; the group of m5 hydrogen atoms is removed from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer In other words, a group in which m5 hydrogen atoms are removed from an alkyl group, a group in which m5 hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and a group in which m5 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group is preferred.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示之取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above. In the case where the aforementioned substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

式(18)中,m5表示1以上的整數,但是,R7為單鍵時,m5表示1。 In the formula (18), m5 represents an integer of 1 or more, but when R 7 is a single bond, m5 represents 1.

式(19)中,R8表示單鍵或是(1+m6)價的有機基,以(1+m6)價的有機基為佳。 In the formula (19), R 8 represents a single bond or a (1+m6)-valent organic group, and an organic group having a (1+m6) valence is preferred.

式(19)中,作為R8所示(1+m6)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基除去m6個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、 2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去m6個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去m6個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去m6個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去m6個氫原子基的基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由烷基除去m6個氫原子的基、由芳基除去m6個氫原子的基、由烷氧基除去m6個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (19), examples of the (1+m6)-valent organic group represented by R 8 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a second group. a group, a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted by a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove a group of m6 hydrogen atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent removes a group of m6 hydrogen atoms; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, Propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclooxyl a ring, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group having at least one hydrogen atom substituted by a substituent, etc., having or having no substituent a group of m6 hydrogen atoms removed by an alkoxy group of 50; The amino group-substituted carbon atom of the group m6 removal of one hydrogen atom; atoms of a carbon-containing substituent group having one hydrogen atom removed m6 group of silicon based groups. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, a group in which m6 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkyl group, a group in which m6 hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and a group in which m6 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group is preferred.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示之取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q 1 above. In the case where the aforementioned substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

式(19)中,m6表示1以上的整數,但是,R8為單鍵時,m6表示1。 In the formula (19), m6 represents an integer of 1 or more, but when R 8 is a single bond, m6 represents 1.

(式(20)所示結構單元) (Structural unit shown in equation (20))

式(20)中,R9是含有式(21)所示基的1價基,R10是含有式(22)所示基1的價基,Ar4表示R9及R10以外的有或無取代基的(2+n8+n9)價的芳香族基,n8及n9各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。 In the formula (20), R 9 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (21), R 10 is a valent group having a group 1 represented by the formula (22), and Ar 4 represents a group other than R 9 and R 10 or The (2+n8+n9)-valent aromatic group having no substituent, and n8 and n9 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more.

式(21)所示基及式(22)所示基是可以與Ar4直接結合,也可以經由下述基團與Ar4結合:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙 基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸壬基、伸十二碳基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二碳基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之伸烷基;氧伸甲基、氧伸乙基、氧伸丙基、氧伸丁基、氧伸戊基、氧伸己基、氧伸壬基、氧伸十二碳基、伸環丙氧基、伸環丁氧基、伸環戊氧基、伸環己氧基、伸環壬氧基、伸環十二碳氧基、伸降冰片氧基、伸金剛氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的氧伸烷基;有或無取代基的亞胺基;有或無取代基的伸矽基;有或無取代基的伸乙烯基;伸乙炔基;有或無取代基的甲烷三基;氧原子、氮原子、硫黃原子等雜原子。 Of formula (21) and a group shown in the formula (22) group is bonded directly to Ar 4 may be bonded via the following groups and Ar 4: methylene, stretching ethyl, propyl stretched, stretch-butyl , pentyl group, hexanyl group, hydrazine group, 12 carbon group, propyl group, butyl ring, pentylene group, cyclohexyl group, fluorene ring, fluorene ring, 12 carbon base a norbornyl group, an exo-adamantyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the group; Ethyl, oxypropyl propyl, oxobutyl, oxopentyl, oxetyl, oxo, oxydecafluoro, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyl a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a ferroceneoxy group, an exo-adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. An oxygen-extended alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; an imine group with or without a substituent; a mercapto group with or without a substituent; a vinyl group with or without a substituent; Acetylene; with or without a substituent Three; hetero atom an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and the like.

前述Ar4是也可以有R9及R10以外的取代基。作為該取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1有關說明中例示的取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 The above Ar 4 may have a substituent other than R 9 and R 10 . The substituent similar to the substituent exemplified in the above description of Q 1 may be mentioned as the substituent. In the case where the aforementioned substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

作為前述Ar4有的R9及R10以外的取代基者,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、羧基或是取代羧基為佳。 As a substituent other than R 9 and R 10 in the above Ar 4 , an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a carboxyl group or a substituted carboxyl group is used from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer. It is better.

式(20)中,n8表示1以上的整數,理想的是由1至4的整數,更理想的是由1至3的整數。 In the formula (20), n8 represents an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

式(20)中,n9表示1以上的整數,理想的是由1至4的整數,更理想的是由1至3的整數。 In the formula (20), n9 represents an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

作為式(20)中的Ar4所示(2+n8+n9)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:(2+n8+n9)價的芳香族烴基、(2+n8+n9)價的芳香族雜環基,以只有碳原子、或是碳原子與由氫原子、氮原子及氧原子所成群組中選擇1個以上的原子,所成的(2+n8+n9)價芳香族基為佳。作為該(2+n8+n9)價的芳香族基者,可以列舉:由苯環、吡啶環、1、2-二吖嗪環、1、3-二吖嗪環、1、4-二吖嗪環、呋喃環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環等的單環式芳香環除去(2+n8+n9)個氫原子的(2+n8+n9)價基;由該單環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的環經縮合的縮合多環式芳香環除去(2+n8+n9)個氫原子的(2+n8+n9)價基;由該單環式芳香環及該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中選擇二個以上的芳香環,以單鍵、伸乙烯基或是伸乙炔基連結所成芳香環集合除去(2+n8+n9)個氫原子的(2+n8+n9)價基;將該縮合多環式芳香環或是該芳香環集合的相鄰2個芳香環以亞甲基、伸乙基、羰基等2價基橋接之具有交聯的有橋多環式芳香環除去(2+n8+n9)個氫原子的(2+n8+n9)價基等。 Examples of the (2+n8+n9)-valent aromatic group represented by Ar 4 in the formula (20) include (2+n8+n9)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon groups and (2+n8+n9) valences. An aromatic heterocyclic group is a (2+n8+n9) aromatic having only one carbon atom or a carbon atom and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. The base is good. Examples of the (2+n8+n9)-valent aromatic group include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,2-dioxazine ring, a 1-dioxazine ring, and a 1-diindole. a monocyclic aromatic ring such as a azine ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, or an imidazole ring, which removes (2+n8+n9) valence groups of (2+n8+n9) hydrogen atoms; Selecting two or more ring-condensed condensed polycyclic aromatic rings to remove (2+n8+n9) valence groups of (2+n8+n9) hydrogen atoms in a group of rings; from the monocyclic aromatic ring And the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring is selected from the group consisting of two or more aromatic rings, and a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group is bonded to form an aromatic ring to remove (2+n8+n9) hydrogen atoms. (2+n8+n9) valence group; the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring or two adjacent aromatic rings of the aromatic ring are bridged by a divalent group such as a methylene group, an ethyl group or a carbonyl group. The linked polycyclic aromatic ring removes (2+n8+n9) valence groups of (2+n8+n9) hydrogen atoms.

作為單環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元有關說明中例示的結構1至5、結構7至10所示的環。 Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring include, for example, the structures 1 to 5 and the structures 7 to 10 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13).

作為縮合多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元有關說明中例示之結構13至27所示之環。 The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the structures 13 to 27 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13).

作為芳香環集合者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元有關說明中例示的結構28至36所示之環。 As the aromatic ring collector, for example, a ring represented by the structures 28 to 36 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為有橋多環式芳香環者,例如,可以列舉:在式(13)所示結構單元有關說明中例示的結構37至44所示之環。 As the bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, for example, a ring represented by the structures 37 to 44 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (13) can be cited.

作為前述(2+n8+n9)價的芳香族基者,從原料單體的合成容易度觀點而言,以由結構1至5、7至10、13、14、26至29、37至39、41或是42所示環除去(2+n8+n9)個氫原子的基為理想,以結構1至5、8、14、27、28、37、38、41或是42所示環由氫原子(2+n8+n9)個除去基為較佳,由結構1、37或是41所示環除去(2+n8+n9)個氫原子之基為更佳。 As the above-mentioned (2+n8+n9)-valent aromatic group, from the viewpoint of the ease of synthesis of the raw material monomers, by the structures 1 to 5, 7 to 10, 13, 14, 26 to 29, 37 to 39 The ring represented by 41 or 42 removes the radical of (2+n8+n9) hydrogen atoms, and is preferably represented by a structure of 1 to 5, 8, 14, 27, 28, 37, 38, 41 or 42. A hydrogen atom (2+n8+n9) removing group is preferred, and a group of (2+n8+n9) hydrogen atoms is preferably removed from the ring represented by the structure 1, 37 or 41.

式(21)中,R11是表示單結合或是(1+m7)價的有機基,以(1+m7)價的有機基為佳。 In the formula (21), R 11 is an organic group having a single bond or a (1+m7) valence, and preferably an organic group having a (1+m7) valence.

式(21)中,作為R11所示(1+m7)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去m7個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去m7個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1 至50之烷氧基m除去7個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去m7個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去m7個氫原子的基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由烷基除去m7個氫原子的基,由芳基除去m7個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去m7個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (21), examples of the (1+m7)-valent organic group represented by R 11 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a second group. a group, a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted by a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove a group of m7 hydrogen atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent removes a group of m7 hydrogen atoms; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, Propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclopropane An oxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a number of carbon atoms having or without a substituent, etc., wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms is substituted with a substituent Alkoxy group 1 to 50 excluding a group of 7 hydrogen atoms; A group having an amino group having a substituent of a carbon atom to remove m7 hydrogen atoms; a group having m7 hydrogen atoms removed from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, a group in which m7 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkyl group, a group in which m7 hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and a group in which m7 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group is preferred.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示的取代基同樣的取代基。前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of Q 1 . The above substituents are in the plural case, and these may be the same or different.

式(21)中,m7表示1以上的整數,但是,R11為單鍵時,m7表示1。 In the formula (21), m7 represents an integer of 1 or more, and when R 11 is a single bond, m7 represents 1.

式(22)中,R12表示單鍵或是(1+m8)價的有機,以(1+m8)價的有機基為佳。 In the formula (22), R 12 represents a single bond or an organic group of (1+m8) valence, and an organic group having a (1+m8) valence is preferred.

式(22)中,作為R12所示(1+m8)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去m8個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基除去m8個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫 原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去m8個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去m8個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去m8個氫原子的基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以烷由基除去m8個氫原子的基、由芳基除去m8個氫原子的基、由烷氧基除去m8個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (22), examples of the (1+m8)-valent organic group represented by R 12 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a second group. a group, a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted by a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove a group of m8 hydrogen atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent removes a group of m8 hydrogen atoms; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, Propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclopropane An oxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a number of carbon atoms having or without a substituent, etc., wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms is substituted with a substituent Alkoxy group of 1 to 50 to remove a group of m8 hydrogen atoms; The substituted amino group containing carbon atoms of the group m8 removal of one hydrogen atom; atoms having the carbon-containing silicon based substituent group m8 removal of one hydrogen atom. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, a group in which m8 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkane group, a group in which m8 hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and a group in which m8 hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group is preferred.

作為前述取代基者,可以列舉:與在前述的Q1相關說明中例示的取代基同樣的取代基。在前述取代基為複數個存在的情形,此等可以是相同也可以是相異。 Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of Q 1 . In the case where the aforementioned substituents are plural, these may be the same or different.

式(22)中,m8表示1以上的整數,但是,R12為單鍵之時,m8表示1。 In the formula (22), m8 represents an integer of 1 or more, but when R 12 is a single bond, m8 represents 1.

(式(13)所示結構單元的例) (Example of a structural unit represented by the formula (13))

作為式(13)所示結構單元者,從得到離子性聚合物的電子輸送性之觀點言,以式(23)所示結構單元、式(24)所示結構單元為理想,以式(24)所示結構單元為較佳。 As a structural unit represented by the formula (13), from the viewpoint of obtaining electron transport properties of the ionic polymer, the structural unit represented by the formula (23) and the structural unit represented by the formula (24) are preferable, and the formula (24) is preferable. The structural unit shown is preferred.

式(23)中,R13表示(1+m9+m10)價的有機基,R14表示1價的有機基,Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是表示與前述相同意思,m9及m10各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。各個的Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是複數個的情形,分別可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (23), R 13 represents an organic group having a valence of (1+m9+m10), R 14 represents a monovalent organic group, and Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m1, Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1 B1 and n3 are the same meanings as described above, and m9 and m10 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Each of Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m1, Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1, and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

式(23)中,作為R13所示(1+m9+m10)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基。從原料單體的合成容易度的觀點而言,以由烷基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基,由芳基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去(m9+m10)個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (23), examples of the organic group having a valence of (1+m9+m10) represented by R 13 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like. Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. a group of (m9+m10) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl a 9-fluorenyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed by (m9+m10) hydrogen atoms. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like Removal of (m9+m10) hydrogenogens with alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent a group of (m9+m10) hydrogen atoms removed from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; a group having (m9+m10) hydrogen atoms removed from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, a group of (m9+m10) hydrogen atoms is removed from the aryl group by a group in which (m9+m10) hydrogen atoms are removed by an alkyl group, and is removed by an alkoxy group ( The base of m9+m10) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

式(23)中,作為R14所示1價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基;苯 基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去1個氫原子的基;具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基。從原料單體的合成的容易度之觀點而言,以烷基、芳基、烷氧基為佳。 In the formula (23), examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 14 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a third group. a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, or a substituent in which at least one hydrogen atom of the group is substituted with a substituent or the like An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and at least one hydrogen atom among these groups is substituted An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a decyloxy group, or the like. Dodecanoyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclodecyloxy, cyclododecyloxy, norbornyloxy, adamantyloxy An alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted by a substituent such as at least one hydrogen atom in the group; and 1 by an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; a group of a hydrogen atom; having a substituent having a carbon atom Silicon based. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxy group is preferred.

作為式(23)所示結構單元者,可以列舉:以下的結構單元。 The structural unit represented by the formula (23) includes the following structural units.

式(24)中,R13表示(1+m11+m12)價的有機基,Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是表示與前述相同的意思,m11及m12各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。各個的R13、m11、m12、Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是複數個的情形,分別可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (24), R 13 represents an organic group having a (1+m11+m12) valence, and Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m1, Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1 and n3 are the same as defined above. In the meantime, m11 and m12 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Each of R 13 , m11 , m12 , Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1 , a1 , b1 and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

式(24)中,作為R13所示(1+m11+m12)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基(除去m11+m12) 個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基。由原料單體的合成容易度之觀點言,以由烷基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基,由芳基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去(m11+m12)個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (24), examples of the organic group having a valence of (1+m11+m12) represented by R13 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like. Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. a group of (m11+m12) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-fluorenyl a 9-fluorenyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed by (m11+m12) hydrogen atoms. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like Removal of alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent (m11+m12) Atoms group; a substituted amino group of (removed m11 + m12) hydrogen atoms by a group having a carbon-atoms; group of removed silicon based (m11 + m12) group hydrogen atoms replaced by atoms having the carbon-containing. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer, a group of (m11+m12) hydrogen atoms is removed from an aryl group by a group of (m11+m12) hydrogen atoms removed from the alkyl group, and is removed by an alkoxy group (m11) The base of +m12) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

作為式(24)所示結構單元者,可以列舉:以下的結構單元。 The structural unit represented by the formula (24) includes the following structural units.

作為式(13)所示結構單元者,從得到離子性聚合物的耐久性之觀點而言,以式(25)所示結構單元為佳。 The structural unit represented by the formula (13) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (25) from the viewpoint of obtaining durability of the ionic polymer.

式(25)中,R15表示(1+m13+m14)價的有機基,Q1、Q3、 Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3表示與前述相同的意思,m13,m14及m15各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。各個的R15、m13、m14、Q1、Q3、Y1、m1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是複數個的情形,分別可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (25), R 15 represents an organic group having a valence of (1+m13+m14), and Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m1, Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1 and n3 represent the same as described above. It is meant that m13, m14 and m15 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Each of R 15 , m13 , m14 , Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , m1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1 , a1 , b1 and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

式(25)中,作為R15所示(1+m13+m14)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由烷基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基,由芳基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去(m13+m14)個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (25), examples of the organic group having a valence of (1+m13+m14) represented by R 15 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like. Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. a group of (m13+m14) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl a 9-fluorenyl group, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed (m13+m14) of hydrogen atoms. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like Removal of alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent (m13+m14) Atoms group; a substituted amino group having the carbon-atoms removed (m13 + m14) hydrogen atoms of the group; the silicon based substituent group removed (m13 + m14) hydrogen atoms by a group having a carbon-atoms. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer, a group of (m13+m14) hydrogen atoms is removed from the aryl group by a group in which (m13+m14) hydrogen atoms are removed by an alkyl group, and is removed by an alkoxy group ( The base of m13+m14) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

作為式(25)所示結構單元者,可以列舉:以下的結構單元。 The structural unit represented by the formula (25) includes the following structural units.

(式(15)所示結構單元的例) (Example of a structural unit represented by the formula (15))

作為式(15)所示結構單元者,從得到離子性聚合物的電子輸送性之觀點而言,以式(26)所示結構單元、式(27)所示結構單元為理想,以式(27)所示結構單元為更佳。 The structural unit represented by the formula (15) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (26) or a structural unit represented by the formula (27) from the viewpoint of obtaining electron transport properties of the ionic polymer. 27) The structural unit shown is more preferred.

式(26)中,R16是表示(1+m16+m17)價的有機基,R17是表示1價的有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、m2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3是表示與前述相同的意思,m16及m17各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。各個的Q2、Q3、Y2、m2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3是複數個的情形,分別可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (26), R 16 is an organic group having a (1+m16+m17) valence, and R 17 is a monovalent organic group, and Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , m2, Z 2 , Y 3 , and n2 A, b2, and n3 are the same meanings as described above, and m16 and m17 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Each of Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , m2, Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

式(26)中,作為R16所示(1+m16+m17)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去(m16+m17) 個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以由烷基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基,由芳基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去(m16+m17)個氫原子的基為佳。 In the formula (26), as R (1 + m16 + m17) valent organic group shown by 16, for example, include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, first Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. a group of (m16+m17) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl a 9-fluorenyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed (m16+m17) of hydrogen atoms. Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like Removal of alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent (m16+m17) Atoms group; a substituted amino group having the carbon-atoms removed (m16 + m17) hydrogen atoms of the group; the group of silicon-based removing (m16 + m17) group hydrogen atoms replaced by atoms having the carbon-containing. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, a group of (m16+m17) hydrogen atoms is removed from the aryl group by a group in which (m16+m17) hydrogen atoms are removed by an alkyl group, and is removed by an alkoxy group ( The base of m16+m17) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

式(26)中,作為R17所示1價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基;具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基;具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基。從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點而言,以烷基、芳基、烷氧基為佳。 In the formula (26), examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 17 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a third group. a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, or a substituent in which at least one hydrogen atom of the group is substituted with a substituent or the like An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and at least one hydrogen atom among these groups is substituted An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a decyloxy group, or the like. Dodecanoyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclodecyloxy, cyclododecyloxy, norbornyloxy, adamantyloxy An alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted with a substituent such as at least one hydrogen atom in the group; an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; having a carbon group The thiol group of the substituent of an atom. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxy group is preferred.

作為式(26)所示結構單元者,可以列舉:以下的結構單元。 The structural unit represented by the formula (26) includes the following structural units.

式(27)中,R16表示(1+m18+m19)價的有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、m2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3是表示與前述相同的意思,m18及m19各自獨立地表示1以上的整數。各個的R16、m18、m19、Q2、Q3、Y2、m2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3是複數個的情形,分別可以是相同也可以是相異。 In the formula (27), R 16 represents an organic group having a (1+m18+m19) valence, and Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , m2, Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2 and n3 are the same as defined above. In the meantime, m18 and m19 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Each of R 16 , m18 , m19 , Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , m2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 is plural, and may be the same or different.

式(27)中,作為R16所示(1+m18+m19)價的有機基者,例如,可以列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20之烷基除去(m18+m19)個氫原子的基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30之芳基除去(m18+m19)個氫原子的基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二碳烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二碳烷氧基、降冰片烷氧基、金剛烷氧基,此等基之中至少1個氫原子以取代基取代之基等之由有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50之烷氧基除去(m18+m19)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之胺基除去(m18+m19)個氫原子的基;由具有含碳原子之取代基之矽基除去(m18+m19)個氫原子的基,從原料單體的合成容易度之觀點言,以由烷基(m18+m19)個除去氫原子的基,由芳基除去(m18+m19)個氫原子的基,由烷氧基除去(m18+m19)個氫原 子的基為佳。 In the formula (27), as R (1 + m18 + m19) valent organic group shown by 16, for example, include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, first Dibutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc. A group of (m18+m19) hydrogen atoms removed by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms with or without a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl a 9-fluorenyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent is removed (m18+m19). Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy a group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like Removal of alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms with or without a substituent (m18+m19) a group of atoms; a group having (m18+m19) hydrogen atoms removed from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; a group having (m18+m19) hydrogen atoms removed from a thiol group having a substituent having a carbon atom, From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer, a group in which a hydrogen atom is removed from an alkyl group (m18+m19), and a group of (m18+m19) hydrogen atoms is removed from the aryl group, and is removed by an alkoxy group (m18) The base of +m19) hydrogen atoms is preferred.

作為式(27)所示結構單元者,可以列舉:以下的結構單元。 The structural unit represented by the formula (27) includes the following structural units.

就可得的離子性聚合物之耐久性而言,作為式(15)表示的結構單位,宜為式(28)表示的結構單位。 In terms of the durability of the ionic polymer which can be obtained, the structural unit represented by the formula (15) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (28).

式(28)中,R18是表示(1+m20+m21)價的有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、M2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3是表示與前述相同,m20、m21及m22是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。如R18、m20、m21、Q2、Q3、Y2、M2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3的各別為複數個時,其可以是相同,也可不同。 In the formula (28), R 18 is an organic group representing a valence of (1+m20+m21), and Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , M 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2 and n3 are represented by Similarly, m20, m21, and m22 are integers each representing 1 or more independently. When each of R 18 , m20 , m21 , Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , M 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2 and n3 is plural, it may be the same or different.

式(28)中,作為R18表示的(1+m20+m21)價之有機基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、 壬基、癸基、月桂基、此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m20+m21)個氫原子之基。 In the formula (28), the organic group of the (1+m20+m21) valence represented by R 18 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted with a substituent, or the like Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove (m20+m21) hydrogen atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9 - mercapto group, at least one hydrogen atom among these groups, a group substituted with a substituent, etc., with or without a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which removes (m20 + m21) hydrogen atoms Methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom among the groups, or the like The alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms of the substituent removes (m20+m21) hydrogen atoms Removing a group of (m20+m21) hydrogen atoms from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; removing a group of (m20+m21) hydrogen atoms from a mercapto group having a substituent containing a carbon atom, but synthesizing In terms of easiness of the raw material monomer, it is preferably a group of (m20+m21) hydrogen atoms removed from the alkyl group, a (m20+m21) hydrogen atom group removed from the aryl group, and removed from the alkoxy group (m20+ M21) a group of hydrogen atoms.

作為式(28)表示的結構單位,可舉出以下的結構單位。 The structural unit represented by the formula (28) includes the following structural units.

(式(17)表示的結構單位之例) (Example of structural unit represented by the formula (17))

就可得的離子性聚合物之電子輸送性而言,作為式 (17)表示的結構單位,宜為式(29)表示的結構單位。 As far as the electron transportability of the ionic polymer is available, The structural unit indicated by (17) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (29).

式(29)中,R19是表示單鍵或(1+m23)價的有機基,R20是表示單鍵或(1+m24)價的有機基,Q1、Q3、Y1、M1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是表示與前述相同,m23及m24是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。但是,R19為單鍵時,m23是表示1,R20為單鍵時,m24是表示1。如Q1、Q3、Y1、M1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3的各別為複數個時,其可以是相同,也可不同。 In the formula (29), R 19 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m23) valence, and R 20 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m24) valence, Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , M 1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1, and n3 are the same as described above, and m23 and m24 are each independently an integer representing 1 or more. However, when R 19 is a single bond, m23 represents 1 and R 20 represents a single bond, and m24 represents 1. When a plurality of Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , M 1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1, and n3 are plural, they may be the same or different.

式(29)中,作為R19表示的(1+m23)價之有機基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、由此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m23)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m23)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數 1至50的烷氧基去除(m23)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m23)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m23)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m23)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m23)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m23)個氫原子之基。 In the formula (29), the organic group of the (1+m23) valence represented by R 19 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a group such as a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, or a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like The unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms removes (m23) hydrogen atom groups; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl The aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent of at least one hydrogen atom in the group, which is substituted with a substituent, or the like, removes (m23) a hydrogen atom; , ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms to remove (m23) hydrogen atom groups; The amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom removes a group of (m23) hydrogen atoms; the group of (m23) hydrogen atoms is removed from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom, but the ease of synthesizing a raw material monomer In general, it is preferably a group which removes (m23) hydrogen atoms from the alkyl group, a group which removes (m23) hydrogen atoms from the aryl group, and a group which removes (m23) hydrogen atoms from the alkoxy group.

式(29)中,作為R20表示的(1+m24)價之有機基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m24)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m24)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除(m24)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m24)個氫原子之基;自具有有碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m24)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m24)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m24)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m24) 個氫原子之基。 In the formula (29), the organic group of the (1+m24) valence represented by R 20 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted by a substituent, or the like An unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove (m24) hydrogen atom groups; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl a aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent substituted by a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent, or the like, wherein (m24) a hydrogen atom; , ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms to remove (m24) hydrogen atom groups; The amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom removes a group of (m24) hydrogen atoms; the base of a (m24) hydrogen atom is removed from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom, but the ease of synthesizing a raw material monomer In general, it is preferably a group in which (m24) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkyl group, (m24) hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and (m24) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group.

作為式(29)表示的結構單位,可舉出以下的結構單位。 The structural unit represented by the formula (29) includes the following structural units.

就可得的離子性聚合物之耐久性而言,作為式(17)表示的結構單位,宜為式(30)表示的結構單位。 In terms of the durability of the ionic polymer which can be obtained, the structural unit represented by the formula (17) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (30).

式(30)中,R21是表示單鍵或(1+m25)價的有機基,R22是表示單鍵或(1+m26)價的有機基,Q1、Q3、Y1、M1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3是表示與前述相同。m25及m26是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。但是,R21為單鍵時,m25是表示1,R22為單鍵時,m26是表示1。m27及m28是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。如m25、m26、R21、R22、Q1、Q3、Y1、M1、Z1、Y3、n1、a1、b1及n3的各別為複數個時,其可以是相同,也可不同。 In the formula (30), R 21 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m25) valence, and R 22 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m26) valence, and Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , M 1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1, and n3 are the same as described above. M25 and m26 are integers each representing 1 or more independently. However, when R 21 is a single bond, m25 represents 1 and R 22 represents a single bond, and m26 represents 1. M27 and m28 are integers each representing 1 or more independently. When m25, m26, R 21 , R 22 , Q 1 , Q 3 , Y 1 , M 1 , Z 1 , Y 3 , n1, a1, b1, and n3 are each plural, they may be the same, Can be different.

式(30)中,作為R21表示的(1+m25)價之有機基,雖然可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m25)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m25)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除(m25)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m25)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m25)個氫原子之基,但 就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m25)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m25)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m25)個氫原子之基。 In the formula (30), the (1+m25)-valent organic group represented by R 21 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a third butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted with a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove (m25) hydrogen atom groups; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorene a group in which at least one hydrogen atom from the group is substituted with a substituent or the like, and an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent removes (m25) a hydrogen atom; Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms to remove (m25) hydrogen atom groups Removing (m25) hydrogen atom groups from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; removing (m25) hydrogen atom groups from a mercapto group having a carbon atom-containing substituent, but synthesizing a raw material monomer In terms of easiness, it is preferably a group which removes (m25) hydrogen atoms from the alkyl group, a group which removes (m25) hydrogen atoms from the aryl group, and a group which removes (m25) hydrogen atoms from the alkoxy group.

式(30)中,作為R22表示的(1+m26)價之有機基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基中去除(m26)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m26)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基中去除(m26)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m26)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m26)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m26)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m26)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m26)個氫原子之基。 In the formula (30), the organic group of the (1+m26) valence represented by R 22 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted by a substituent, or the like (m26) groups of hydrogen atoms in an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-anthracene a group having at least one hydrogen atom from the group substituted with a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent or the like, having an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, having a substituent of (m26) a hydrogen atom; Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Removal of (m26) hydrogen atoms from an alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms Removing (m26) hydrogen atom groups from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; removing (m26) hydrogen atom groups from a mercapto group having a carbon atom-containing substituent, but synthesizing a raw material monomer In terms of easiness, it is preferably a group in which (m26) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkyl group, (m26) hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and (m26) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group.

作為式(30)表示的結構單位,可舉出以下的結構單位。 The structural unit represented by the formula (30) includes the following structural units.

(式(20)表示的結構單位之例) (Example of structural unit represented by the formula (20))

就可得的離子性聚合物之電子輸送性而言,作為式(20)表示的結構單位,宜為式(31)表示的結構單位。 The electron transporting property of the ionic polymer which can be obtained is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (31).

式(31)中,R23是表示單鍵或(1+m29)價的有機基,R24是表示單鍵或(1+m30)價的有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、M2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3是表示與前述相同。m29及m30是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。但是,R23為單鍵時,m29是表示1,R24為單鍵時,m30是表示1。如Q2、Q3、Y2、M2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3的各別為複數個時,其可以是相同,也可不同。 In the formula (31), R 23 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m29) valence, and R 24 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m30) valence, and Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , M 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 are the same as described above. M29 and m30 are integers each independently representing 1 or more. However, when R 23 is a single bond, m29 represents 1 and R 24 represents a single bond, and m30 represents 1. When each of Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , M 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 is plural, it may be the same or different.

式(31)中,作為R23表示的(1+m29)價之有機基,雖然可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m29)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基中去除(m29)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、 環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基中去除(m29)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m29)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m29)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m29)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m29)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m29)個氫原子之基。 In the formula (31), the organic group of the (1+m29) valence represented by R 23 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a third butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted with a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove (m29) hydrogen atom groups; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorene A group of (m29) hydrogen atoms is removed from an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms with or without a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent; Oxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyl An oxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom among the groups, or the like, substituted or not Removal of (m29) hydrogen atoms from alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms a group of (m29) hydrogen atoms removed from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; a base of (m29) hydrogen atoms is removed from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom, but a synthetic raw material is used. In terms of the easiness of the body, it is preferably a group which removes (m29) hydrogen atoms from the alkyl group, a group which removes (m29) hydrogen atoms from the aryl group, and a group which removes (m29) hydrogen atoms from the alkoxy group.

式(31)中,作為R24表示的(1+m30)價之有機基,雖然可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m30)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m30)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除(m30)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m30)個氫原子之基;自 具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m30)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m30)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m30)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m30)個氫原子之基。 In the formula (31), the (1+m30)-valent organic group represented by R 24 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a third butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted with a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove (m30) hydrogen atom groups; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorene a group having at least one hydrogen atom from the group substituted with a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent or the like, having an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, having a substituent of (m30) a hydrogen atom; Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms to remove (m30) hydrogen atom groups Removing (m30) hydrogen atom groups from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; removing (m30) hydrogen atom groups from a mercapto group having a carbon atom-containing substituent, but synthesizing a raw material monomer In terms of easiness, it is preferably a group in which (m30) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkyl group, (m30) hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and (m30) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group.

作為式(31)表示的結構單位,可舉出以下的結構單位。 The structural unit represented by the formula (31) includes the following structural units.

就可得的離子性聚合物之耐久性而言,作為式(20)表示的結構單位,宜為式(32)表示的結構單位。 In terms of the durability of the ionic polymer which can be obtained, the structural unit represented by the formula (20) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (32).

式(32)中,R25是表示單鍵或(1+m31)價的有機基,R26是表示單鍵或(1+m32)價的有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、M2、Z2、Y3、 n2、a2、b2及n3是表示與前述相同。m31及m32是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。但是,R25為單鍵時,m31是表示1,R26為單鍵時,m32是表示1。m33及m34是分別獨立的表示1以上的整數。如m31、m32、R25、R26、Q2、Q3、Y2、M2、Z2、Y3、n2、a2、b2及n3的各別為複數個時,其可以是相同,也可不同。 In the formula (32), R 25 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m31) valence, and R 26 is an organic group representing a single bond or a (1+m32) valence, Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , M 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 are the same as described above. M31 and m32 are integers each representing 1 or more independently. However, when R 25 is a single bond, m31 represents 1 and R 26 represents a single bond, and m32 represents 1. M33 and m34 are integers each independently representing 1 or more. When m31, m32, R 25 , R 26 , Q 2 , Q 3 , Y 2 , M 2 , Z 2 , Y 3 , n2, a2, b2, and n3 are each plural, they may be the same, Can be different.

式(32)中,作為R25表示的(1+m31)價之有機基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基中去除(m31)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m31)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除(m31)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m31)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m31)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m31)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m31)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m31) 個氫原子之基。 In the formula (32), the organic group of the (1+m31) valence represented by R 25 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group or a second butyl group. a tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted by a substituent, or the like An unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which removes (m31) a hydrogen atom; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorene a group having at least one hydrogen atom from the group substituted with a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent or the like, having an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, having a substituent of (m31) a hydrogen atom; Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Alkoxy groups having 1 to 50 carbon atoms to remove (m31) hydrogen atom groups; Removal of (m31) hydrogen atom groups from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; removal of (m31) hydrogen atom groups from a mercapto group having a substituent having a carbon atom, but it is easy to synthesize a raw material monomer To the extent, it is preferred to remove (m31) hydrogen atom groups from the alkyl group, (m31) hydrogen atom groups from the aryl group, and (m31) hydrogen atom groups from the alkoxy group.

式(32)中,作為R26表示的(1+m32)價之有機基,雖然可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基去除(m32)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除(m32)個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、十二烷氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二烷氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧基、自此等基之中的至少1個氫原子經取代基所取代的基等之有或無取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除(m32)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除(m32)個氫原子之基;自具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除(m32)個氫原子之基,但就合成原料單體的容易度而言,其宜為自烷基去除(m32)個氫原子之基、自芳基去除(m32)個氫原子之基、自烷氧基去除(m32)個氫原子之基。 Formula (32), as (1 + m32) the divalent organic group represented by R 26, although may be for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, a third butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom among the groups is substituted with a substituent, etc. Or an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms to remove (m32) hydrogen atom groups; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-anthracene a group having at least one hydrogen atom from the group substituted with a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent or the like, having an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, having a substituent of (m32) a hydrogen atom; Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom from the group, or the like, with or without a substituent Alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms to remove (m32) hydrogen atom groups Removing (m32) hydrogen atom groups from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; removing (m32) hydrogen atom groups from a mercapto group having a carbon atom-containing substituent, but synthesizing a raw material monomer In terms of easiness, it is preferably a group in which (m32) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkyl group, (m32) hydrogen atoms are removed from the aryl group, and (m32) hydrogen atoms are removed from the alkoxy group.

作為式(32)表示的結構單位,可舉出以下的結構單位。 The structural unit represented by the formula (32) includes the following structural units.

(其他的結構單位) (other structural units)

本發明中使用的離子性聚合物,並且也可具有1種以上式(33)表示的結構單位。 The ionic polymer used in the present invention may have one or more structural units represented by the formula (33).

式(33)中,Ar5是表示有或無取代基的2價芳香族基或有或無取代基的2價芳香族胺殘基,X’是表示有或無取代基的亞胺基、有或無取代基的伸矽基、有或無取代基的伸乙烯基或伸乙炔基。m35及m36是分別獨立的表示0或1,m35及m36的至少1個是1。 In the formula (33), Ar 5 is a divalent aromatic amine group having or without a substituent, or a divalent aromatic amine residue having or without a substituent, and X' is an imido group having or without a substituent. An extended or unsubstituted alkyl group or an ethynyl group with or without a substituent. M35 and m36 are independent of 0 or 1, and at least one of m35 and m36 is 1.

作為式(33)中的Ar5表示之2價芳香族基,可舉出2價的芳香族烴基、2價的芳香族雜環基。作為該2價的芳香族烴基,可舉出自苯環、吡啶環、1,2-二嗪環、1,3-二嗪環、1,4-二嗪環、1,3,5-三嗪環、呋喃環、吡咯環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噁二唑環、噻二唑環等單環式芳香環去除2個氫原子後的2價基;由選自該單環式芳香環所形成之群組中的二個以上縮合之經縮合多環式芳香環去除2個氫原子後的2價基;由選自該單環式芳香環及該縮合多環式芳香環所形成之群組中的二個以上的芳香環,以單鍵、伸乙烯基或伸乙炔基連結形成的芳香環集合去除2個氫原子後的2價基;由該縮合多環式芳香環或該芳香環集合的相鄰2個芳香環,以亞甲基、伸乙基、羰基、亞胺基等2價基橋接之具有交聯的有橋多環式芳香環去除2個氫原子後的2價基等。 The divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 5 in the formula (33) includes a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,2-diazine ring, a 1,3-diazine ring, a 1,4-diazine ring, and 1,3,5-three. a monovalent aromatic ring such as a azine ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, an oxadiazole ring or a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms; a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from two or more condensed condensed polycyclic aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic rings; selected from the monocyclic aromatic ring and the condensation Two or more aromatic rings in a group formed by a polycyclic aromatic ring, a divalent group obtained by removing a single hydrogen atom by a single ring, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group; a polycyclic aromatic ring or two adjacent aromatic rings of the aromatic ring, which are bridged by a bimodal group having a crosslinked bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, such as a methylene group, an ethyl group, a carbonyl group or an imido group. A divalent group after two hydrogen atoms.

前述縮合多環式芳香環中縮合的單環式芳香環之個數,就離子性聚合物的溶解性而言,宜為2至4,並以2至3較佳,而以2更佳。前述芳香環集合中連結的芳香環之個數,就溶解性而言,宜為2至4,並以2至3較佳, 而以2更佳。前述有橋多環式芳香環中橋接的芳香環之個數,就離子性聚合物的溶解性而言,宜為2至4,並以2至3較佳,而以2更佳。 The number of the condensed monocyclic aromatic rings in the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring is preferably from 2 to 4, more preferably from 2 to 3, and more preferably 2, in terms of solubility of the ionic polymer. The number of the aromatic rings to be bonded to the above aromatic ring group is preferably from 2 to 4 in terms of solubility, and preferably from 2 to 3. And 2 is better. The number of the aromatic rings bridged in the above-mentioned bridged polycyclic aromatic ring is preferably 2 to 4 in terms of solubility of the ionic polymer, more preferably 2 to 3, and more preferably 2.

作為前述單環式芳香環,可舉例如以下的結構45至60表示的環。 The monocyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the following structures 45 to 60.

作為前述縮合多環式芳香環,可舉例如以下的結構61至80表示的環。 The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the following structures 61 to 80.

作為前述芳香環集合,可舉例如以下的結構81至91表示的環。 Examples of the aromatic ring set include the rings represented by the following structures 81 to 91.

作為前述有橋多環式芳香環,可舉例如以下的結構92至100表示的環。 The bridged polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the following structures 92 to 100.

就前述離子性聚合物的電子接受性及電洞接受性的任一方或雙方而言,Ar5表示的2價芳香族基宜為自結構45至60、61至71、77至80、91、92、93或96表示的環去除2個氫原子後的2價基,並以自結構45至50、59、 60、77、80、91、92或96表示的環去除2個氫原子後的2價基較佳。 With respect to either or both of the electron acceptability and the hole acceptability of the ionic polymer, the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 5 is preferably from the structures 45 to 60, 61 to 71, 77 to 80, 91, The ring represented by 92, 93 or 96 removes the divalent group after 2 hydrogen atoms, and removes 2 hydrogen atoms from the ring represented by the structure 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92 or 96 The divalent group is preferred.

上述的2價芳香族基,也可具有取代基。作為該取代基,可舉出有關前述Q1之說明(式(1)表示的基)中例示的取代基相同的取代基。 The above divalent aromatic group may have a substituent. The substituent which is the same as the substituent exemplified in the description of the above Q 1 (the group represented by the formula (1)) is exemplified.

作為式(33)中的Ar5表示的2價芳香族胺殘基,可舉出式(34)表示的基。 The divalent aromatic amine residue represented by Ar 5 in the formula (33) is a group represented by the formula (34).

式(34)中,Ar6、Ar7、Ar8及Ar9是分別獨立的表示有或無取代基的伸芳基或有或無取代基的2價雜環基。Ar10、Ar11及Ar12是分別獨立的表示有或無取代基的芳基或有或無取代基的1價雜環基。n10及m37是分別獨立的表示0或1。 In the formula (34), Ar 6 , Ar 7 , Ar 8 and Ar 9 are each a divalent heterocyclic group which independently represents an extended aryl group with or without a substituent or a substituent. Ar 10 , Ar 11 and Ar 12 are each a monovalent heterocyclic group which independently or independently represents an aryl group or a substituent. N10 and m37 are independent representations of 0 or 1.

作為前述伸芳基、芳基、2價雜環基、1價雜環基可具有的取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基、芳烷基、芳烷氧基、芳烷硫基、烯基、炔基、芳烯基、芳炔基、醯基、醯氧基、醯胺基、醯亞胺基、亞胺殘基、取代胺基、取代矽基、取代矽氧基、取代矽硫基、取代矽胺基、氰基、硝基、1價雜環基、雜 芳氧基、雜芳硫基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、芳烷氧羰基、雜芳氧羰基及羧基等。該取代基也可以是具有乙烯基、乙炔基、丁炔基、丙烯酸基、丙烯酸酯基、丙烯醯胺基、甲基丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯醯胺基、乙烯醚基、乙烯胺基、矽烷醇基、小員環(環丙基、環丁基、環氧基、環氧丙基、二乙烯酮基、環硫基等)的基、含有內脂基、內醯胺基或矽氧烷衍生物的結構之基等交聯基。 Examples of the substituent which the aryl group, the aryl group, the divalent heterocyclic group, and the monovalent heterocyclic group may have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, and an aryloxy group. Arylthio, aralkyl, aralkoxy, aralkylthio, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, decyl, decyloxy, decylamino, quinone imine, imine Residue, substituted amino group, substituted fluorenyl group, substituted decyloxy group, substituted thiol group, substituted guanylamino group, cyano group, nitro group, monovalent heterocyclic group, hetero An aryloxy group, a heteroarylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group or the like. The substituent may also have a vinyl group, an ethynyl group, a butynyl group, an acrylic group, an acrylate group, an acrylamide group, a methacryl group, a methacrylate group, a methacrylamide group, a vinyl ether group. a group of a vinylamine group, a stanol group, a small member ring (cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, epoxy group, epoxypropyl group, diketene group, cyclothio group, etc.), containing a lactone group, a linoleum A crosslinking group such as a base of a structure of an amine group or a siloxane derivative.

如n1為0時,可使Ar6中的碳原子與Ar8中的碳原子直接結合,也可經由-O-、-S-等2價基而結合。 When n1 is 0, the carbon atom in Ar 6 may be directly bonded to the carbon atom in Ar 8 or may be bonded via a divalent group such as -O- or -S-.

作為Ar10、Ar11、Ar12表示的芳基、1價雜環基,是與前述作為取代基的說明中例示的芳基、1價雜環基相同。 The aryl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar 10 , Ar 11 or Ar 12 is the same as the aryl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group exemplified above as the substituent.

作為Ar6、Ar7、Ar8、Ar9表示的伸芳基,可舉出自芳香族烴去除結合在組成芳香環的碳原子上之2個氫原子後的原子團、具有苯環的基、具有縮合環的基、獨立的苯環或2個以上縮合環為單鍵或2價的有機基,例如經由伸乙烯基等伸烯基而結合的基等。伸芳基的碳原子數通常是6至60,並宜為7至48。作為伸芳基的具體例,可舉出伸苯基、伸聯苯基、C1至C17烷氧伸苯基、C1至C17烷基伸苯基、1-伸萘基、2-伸萘基、1-伸蒽基、2-伸蒽基、9-伸蒽基。前述芳基中的氫原子也可以氟原子取代。作為該氟原子取代芳基,可舉出四氟伸苯基等。在芳基之中,宜為伸苯基、伸聯苯基、C1至C12烷氧伸苯基、C1至C12烷基伸苯基。 Examples of the aryl group represented by Ar 6 , Ar 7 , Ar 8 and Ar 9 include an atomic group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom constituting an aromatic ring from an aromatic hydrocarbon, and a group having a benzene ring. The group having a condensed ring, an independent benzene ring or two or more fused rings is a single bond or a divalent organic group, for example, a group bonded via an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is usually from 6 to 60, and preferably from 7 to 48. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a C 1 to C 17 alkoxyphenyl group, a C 1 to C 17 alkylphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-stretching group. Naphthyl, 1-extended fluorenyl, 2-extended fluorenyl, 9-extended fluorenyl. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned aryl group may also be substituted with a fluorine atom. Examples of the fluorine atom-substituted aryl group include a tetrafluorophenylene group and the like. Among the aryl groups, it is preferably a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl group, and a C 1 to C 12 alkyl group.

作為Ar6、Ar7、Ar8、Ar9表示的2價雜環基,可舉出自雜環式化合物去除2個氫原子後留下的原子團。此處的 雜環式化合物,是指具有環式結構的有機化合物之中,作為組成環的元素不僅是碳原子,也含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、磷原子、硼原子、矽原子、硒原子、碲原子、砷原子等雜原子的有機化合物。2價雜環基也可具有取代基。2價雜環基的碳原子數通常是4至60,並宜為4至20。而且,在2價雜環基的碳原子數中,不包含取代基的碳原子數。作為這種的2價雜環基,可舉例如噻吩二基、C1至C12烷基噻吩二基、吡咯二基、呋喃二基、吡啶二基、C1至C12烷基吡啶二基、嗒嗪二基、嘧啶二基、吡嗪二基、三嗪二基、吡咯啶二基、哌啶二基、喹啉二基、異喹啉二基,其中並以噻吩二基、C1至C12烷基噻吩二基、吡啶二基及C1至C12烷基吡啶二基較佳。 Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar 6 , Ar 7 , Ar 8 and Ar 9 include an atomic group remaining after removing two hydrogen atoms from the heterocyclic compound. The heterocyclic compound herein refers to an organic compound having a cyclic structure, and the element as a constituent ring is not only a carbon atom but also an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, a boron atom, a germanium atom, An organic compound of a hetero atom such as a selenium atom, a ruthenium atom or an arsenic atom. The divalent heterocyclic group may also have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group is usually from 4 to 60, and preferably from 4 to 20. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent. Examples of such a divalent heterocyclic group include a thiophenediyl group, a C 1 to C 12 alkylthiophenediyl group, a pyrrole diyl group, a furyl diyl group, a pyridyldiyl group, and a C 1 to C 12 alkylpyridinediyl group. , pyridazine diyl, pyrimidine diyl, pyrazinediyl, triazinediyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, quinolinediyl, isoquinolinediyl, wherein thiophenediyl, C 1 to C 12 alkyl thiophenediyl, pyridinediyl group and a C 1 to C 12 alkyl pyridinediyl are preferred.

含有2價芳香族胺殘基作為結構單位的離子性聚合物,也可再具有其他的結構單位。作為其他的結構單位,可舉出伸苯基、伸茀二基等伸芳基等。而且,此等離子性聚合物之中,宜為含有交聯基的化合物。 The ionic polymer containing a divalent aromatic amine residue as a structural unit may have other structural units. Examples of other structural units include an extended aryl group such as a phenylene group and a fluorene group. Further, among these ionic polymers, a compound containing a crosslinking group is preferred.

同時,作為式(34)表示的2價芳香族胺殘基,可例示如由下述結構101至110表示的芳香族胺去除2個氫原子之基。 Meanwhile, as the divalent aromatic amine residue represented by the formula (34), a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed by an aromatic amine represented by the following structures 101 to 110 can be exemplified.

結構101至110表示的芳香族胺,在可生成2價芳香族胺殘基的範圍中,也可具有取代基,作為該取代基,可舉出有關前述Q1之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基,如存在數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 The aromatic amine represented by the structures 101 to 110 may have a substituent in the range in which a divalent aromatic amine residue can be formed, and examples of the substituent include the same substituents exemplified in the description of the above Q 1 . Substituents, such as when a plurality of substituents are present, these groups may be the same or different.

式(33)中,X’是表示有或無取代基的亞胺基、有或無取代基的伸矽基、有或無取代基的伸乙烯基或伸乙炔基。作為亞胺基、矽基或伸乙烯基可具有的取代基,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、3,7-二甲基辛基、月桂基等碳原子數1至20的烷基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基等,如存在複數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 In the formula (33), X' is an imido group having or not having a substituent, an extended group having or not having a substituent, and a vinyl group or an ethynyl group having or without a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the imino group, the fluorenyl group or the vinyl group may have include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a t-butyl group. Alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, decyl, 3,7-dimethyloctyl, lauryl; benzene a aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, etc., if a plurality of substituents are present, such a group may be used. It is the same or different.

就前述離子性聚合物對於空氣、濕氣或熱的安定性而言,X’宜為亞胺基、伸乙烯基、伸乙炔基。 In view of the stability of the aforementioned ionic polymer to air, moisture or heat, X' is preferably an imine group, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group.

就前述離子性聚合物的電子接受性、電洞接受性而言,宜使m35為1、m36為0。 In terms of electron acceptability and hole acceptability of the ionic polymer, m35 is preferably 1 and m36 is 0.

作為式(33)表示的結構單位,就前述離子性聚合物的電子受容性而言,宜為式(35)表示的結構單位。 The structural unit represented by the formula (33) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (35) in terms of electron acceptability of the ionic polymer.

式(35)中,Ar13是表示有或無取代基的吡啶二基、有或無取代基的吡嗪二基、有或無取代基的嘧啶二基、有或無取代基的嗒嗪二基或有或無取代基的三嗪二基。 In the formula (35), Ar 13 is a pyridyldiyl group having or without a substituent, a pyrazinediyl group with or without a substituent, a pyrimidinediyl group with or without a substituent, and a pyridazine II with or without a substituent. A triazinediyl group with or without a substituent.

作為吡啶二基可具有的取代基,可舉出有關前述Q1之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 Examples of the substituent which the pyridinediyl group may have are the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of the above Q 1 . Where a plurality of substituents are present, such groups may be the same or different.

作為吡嗪二基可具有的取代基,可舉出有關前述的Q1之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 Examples of the substituent which the pyrazinediyl group may have include the substituents which are the same as the substituents exemplified in the above description of Q 1 . Where a plurality of substituents are present, such groups may be the same or different.

作為嘧啶二基可具有的取代基,可舉出有關前述的Q1之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 Examples of the substituent which the pyrimidinediyl group may have include the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of Q 1 . Where a plurality of substituents are present, such groups may be the same or different.

作為嗒嗪二基可具有的取代基,可舉出有關前述的Q1之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 Examples of the substituent which the pyridazine diyl group may have are the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of Q 1 . Where a plurality of substituents are present, such groups may be the same or different.

作為三嗪二基可具有的取代基,可舉出有關前述的Q1 之說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時,此等基可以是相同,也可不同。 Examples of the substituent which the triazinediyl group may have are the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of Q 1 . Where a plurality of substituents are present, such groups may be the same or different.

(結構單位的比例) (proportion of structural units)

就有機EL元件的發光效率而言,含在本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物中的式(13)表示之結構單位、式(15)表示的結構單位、式(17)表示的結構單位及式(20)表示的結構單位之合計比例,是以除去末端的結構單位而含在該離子性聚合物中的全結構單位中之30至100莫耳%較佳。 The luminous efficiency of the organic EL element, the structural unit represented by the formula (13), the structural unit represented by the formula (15), and the structural unit represented by the formula (17) in the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment. The total ratio of the structural units represented by the formula (20) is preferably from 30 to 100 mol% in the total structural unit contained in the ionic polymer, excluding the structural unit of the terminal.

(末端的結構單位) (structural unit at the end)

而且,作為本發明中使用的離子性聚合物之末端的結構單位(末端基),可舉出氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、3,7-二甲基辛氧基、月桂氧基、甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、異丙硫基、丁硫基、異丁硫基、第二丁硫基、第三丁硫基、戊硫基、己硫基、環己硫基、庚硫基、辛硫基、壬硫基、癸硫基、月桂硫基、甲氧苯基、乙氧苯基、丙氧苯基、異丙氧苯基、丁氧苯基、異丁氧苯基、第二丁氧苯基、第三丁氧苯基、戊氧苯基、己氧苯基、環己氧苯基、庚氧苯基、辛氧苯基、2-乙基己氧苯基、壬氧苯基、癸氧苯基、3,7-二甲基辛氧苯基、月桂氧苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二 甲基苯基、丙基苯基、三甲基苯基、甲基乙基苯基、異丙基苯基、丁基苯基、異丁基苯基、第三丁基苯基、戊基苯基、異戊基苯基、己基苯基、庚基苯基、辛基苯基、壬基苯基、癸基苯基、十二烷基苯基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、乙基胺基、二乙基胺基、丙基胺基、二丙基胺基、異丙基胺基、二異丙基胺基、丁基胺基、異丁基胺基、第二丁基胺基、第三丁基胺基、戊基胺基、己基胺基、環己基胺基、庚基胺基、辛基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、壬基胺基、癸基胺基、3,7-二甲辛基胺基、月桂基胺基、環戊基胺基、二環戊基胺基、環己基胺基、二環己基胺基、二(三氟甲基)胺基、苯基胺基、二苯基胺基、(C1至C12烷氧苯基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷氧苯基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷基苯基)胺基、1-萘基胺基、2-萘基胺基、五氟苯基胺基、吡啶基胺基、嗒嗪基胺基、嘧啶基胺基、吡嗪基胺基、三嗪基胺基、(苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、(C1至C12烷氧苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、(C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷氧苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、二(C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基)胺基、1-萘基-C1至C12烷基胺基、2-萘基-C1至C12烷基胺基、三甲基矽基、三乙基矽基、三丙基矽基、三異丙基矽基、異丙基二甲基矽基、異丙基二乙基矽基、第三丁基二甲基矽基、戊基二甲基矽基、己基二甲基矽基、庚基二甲基矽基、辛基二甲基矽基、2-乙基己基二甲基矽基、壬基二甲基矽基、癸基二甲基矽基、3,7-二甲基辛基二甲基矽基、月桂基二甲基矽基、(苯基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、 (C1至C12烷氧苯基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(C1至C12烷基苯基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(1-萘基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(2-萘基-C1至C12烷基)矽基、(苯基-C1至C12烷基)二甲基矽基、三苯基矽基、三(對-二甲苯基)矽基、三苯甲基矽基、二苯基甲基矽基、第三丁基二苯基矽基、二甲基苯基矽基、噻吩基、C1至C12烷基噻吩基、吡咯基、呋喃基、吡啶基、C1至C12烷基吡啶基、嗒嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、三嗪基、吡咯啉基、哌啶基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、羥基、硫醇基、氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等。如存在複數個前述末端的結構單位時,此等結構單位可以是相同,也可不同。 Further, examples of the structural unit (terminal group) of the terminal of the ionic polymer used in the present invention include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a second. Butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy , butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy Base, decyloxy, decyloxy, 3,7-dimethyloctyloxy, lauryloxy, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, isobutylthio , second butylthio, tert-butylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio, sulfonylthio, sulfonylthio, laurel, methoxyphenyl , ethoxyphenyl, propoxyphenyl, isopropoxyphenyl, butoxyphenyl, isobutoxyphenyl, second butoxyphenyl, tert-butoxyphenyl, pentoxyphenyl, hexyloxybenzene Base, cyclohexyloxyphenyl, heptyloxyphenyl, octyloxyphenyl, 2-ethylhexyloxy Phenyl, anthracenyloxy, decyloxyphenyl, 3,7-dimethyloctoxyphenyl, lauric oxyphenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, propylphenyl , trimethylphenyl, methylethylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, butylphenyl, isobutylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, pentylphenyl, isopentylphenyl, hexyl Phenyl, heptylphenyl, octylphenyl, nonylphenyl, nonylphenyl, dodecylphenyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamine Base, propylamino, dipropylamino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, butylamino, isobutylamino, second butylamino, tert-butylamino , pentylamino, hexylamino, cyclohexylamino, heptylamino, octylamino, 2-ethylhexylamino, decylamino, decylamino, 3,7-dimethyl octyl Amino, laurylamine, cyclopentylamino, dicyclopentylamino, cyclohexylamino, dicyclohexylamino, bis(trifluoromethyl)amino, phenylamino, diphenyl amino group, (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl) amino, di (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl) amino, di (C 1 to C 12 alkyl Phenyl)amino, 1-naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, pentafluorophenylamino, pyridylamino, pyridazinylamino, pyrimidinylamino, pyrazinylamino, tri Azinylamino, (phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino, (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) amine, (C 1 to C 12 alkyl) Phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino group, di(C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino group, di(C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl)amino, 1-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylamino, 2-naphthyl-C 1 to C 12 alkylamino, trimethyldecyl, triethylhydrazine , tripropyl decyl, triisopropyl decyl, isopropyl dimethyl fluorenyl, isopropyl diethyl decyl, tert-butyl dimethyl decyl, pentyl dimethyl fluorenyl , hexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, heptyl dimethyl fluorenyl, octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 2-ethylhexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, decyl dimethyl fluorenyl, decyl dimethyl fluorenyl , 3,7-dimethyloctyldimethylhydrazine, lauryl dimethyl fluorenyl, (phenyl-C 1 to C 12 alkyl) fluorenyl, (C 1 to C 12 alkoxyphenyl- a C 1 to C 12 alkyl) silicon based, (C 1 to C 12 alkylphenyl group -C 1 to C 12 alkyl) silicon , (1-naphthyl -C 1 to C 12 alkyl) of silicon-based, (2-naphthyl -C 1 to C 12 alkyl) silicon based, (phenyl -C 1 to C 12 alkyl) dimethyl Mercapto, triphenylsulfonyl, tris(p-xylphenyl)indenyl, tritylmethylindenyl, diphenylmethylindenyl, tert-butyldiphenylindenyl, dimethylphenyl Mercapto, thienyl, C 1 to C 12 alkylthiophenyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, pyridyl, C 1 to C 12 alkyl pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, Pyrrolinyl group, piperidinyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, hydroxyl group, thiol group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, and the like. Where there are a plurality of structural units of the foregoing ends, such structural units may be the same or different.

(離子性聚合物的特性) (Characteristics of ionic polymers)

本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物,宜為共軛化合物。本發明中使用的離子性聚合物為共軛化合物,是指該離子性聚合物是包含主鏈中以挾持1個單鍵而連接具有多鍵(例如,雙鍵、叁鍵)或氮原子、氧原子等非共有電子對的領域。如該離子性聚合物是共軛化合物時,就共軛化合物的電子輸送性而言,其以{(含在以挾持1個單鍵而連接具有多鍵或氮原子、氧原子等非共有電子對的領域中的主鏈上之原子個數)/(主鏈上的全原子之數)}×100%計算的比宜為50%以上,並以60%以上較佳,以70%以上較佳,以80%以上較佳,而以90%以上更佳。 The ionic polymer used in the present embodiment is preferably a conjugated compound. The ionic polymer used in the present invention is a conjugated compound, and means that the ionic polymer contains a single bond in the main chain and has a plurality of bonds (for example, a double bond or a hydrazone bond) or a nitrogen atom. The field of non-shared electron pairs such as oxygen atoms. When the ionic polymer is a conjugated compound, in terms of electron transportability of the conjugated compound, it is a non-consensus electron having a plurality of bonds or a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom in a single bond. The number of atoms in the main chain in the pair) / (the number of all atoms in the main chain)} × 100% calculated ratio is preferably 50% or more, and more preferably 60% or more, more than 70% Preferably, it is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more.

同時,本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物,宜為高分子化合物,並以共軛高分子化合物較佳。此處,高分子化合物,是指換算聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為1×103以上的 化合物。同時,本發明中使用的離子性聚合物為共軛高分子化合物,是指該離子性聚合物為共軛化合物且為高分子化合物。 Meanwhile, the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment is preferably a polymer compound, and a conjugated polymer compound is preferred. Here, the polymer compound refers to a compound having a number average molecular weight of 1 × 10 3 or more in terms of polystyrene. Meanwhile, the ionic polymer used in the present invention is a conjugated polymer compound, and the ionic polymer is a conjugated compound and is a polymer compound.

就塗布本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之成膜性的觀點而言,該離子性聚合物換算聚苯乙烯之數平均分子量宜為1×103至1×108,並以2×103至1×107較佳,以3×103至1×107更佳,而以5×103至1×107更為良好。同時,就離子性聚合物的純度而言,其換算聚苯乙烯之數平均分子量宜為1×103至5×107,並以1×103至1×107較佳,而以1×103至5×106更佳。同時,就離子性聚合物的溶解性而言,其換算聚苯乙烯之數平均分子量宜為1×103至5×105,並以1×103至5×104較佳,而以1×103至3×103更佳。本發明中使用的離子性聚合物換算聚苯乙烯之數平均分子量及重量平均分子量,可利用例如凝膠滲透層析儀(GPC)求得。 The number average molecular weight of the ionic polymer-converted polystyrene is preferably from 1 × 10 3 to 1 × 10 8 and is 2 × from the viewpoint of coating the film forming property of the ionic polymer used in the embodiment. 10 3 to 1 × 10 7 is preferable, more preferably 3 × 10 3 to 1 × 10 7 , and more preferably 5 × 10 3 to 1 × 10 7 . Meanwhile, in terms of the purity of the ionic polymer, the number average molecular weight of the converted polystyrene is preferably from 1 × 10 3 to 5 × 10 7 , and preferably from 1 × 10 3 to 1 × 10 7 , and is 1 ×10 3 to 5×10 6 is more preferable. Meanwhile, in terms of solubility of the ionic polymer, the number average molecular weight of the converted polystyrene is preferably from 1 × 10 3 to 5 × 10 5 , and preferably from 1 × 10 3 to 5 × 10 4 , 1 × 10 3 to 3 × 10 3 is more preferable. The number average molecular weight and the weight average molecular weight of the ionic polymer-converted polystyrene used in the present invention can be determined, for example, by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

就本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之純度而言,去除末端結構單位而含在該離子性聚合物中的全結構單位之個數(即,聚合度)宜為1以上20以下,並以1以上10以下較佳,而以1以上5以下更佳。 In the purity of the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, the number of the entire structural units (that is, the degree of polymerization) contained in the ionic polymer is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, and the terminal structure unit is removed. It is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less.

就本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之電子接受性、電洞接受性而言,該離子性聚合物的最低非占有分子軌道(LUMO)之軌道能,宜為-5.0eV以上-2.0eV以下,並以-4.5eV以上-2.0eV以下較佳。同時,就同樣的觀點而言,該離子性聚合物的最高占有分子軌道(HOMO)之軌道能,宜為-6.0eV以上-3.0eV以下,並以-5.5eV以上-3.0eV以下 較佳。但是,HOMO之軌道能是低於LUMO之軌道能。而且,離子性聚合物的最高占有分子軌道(HOMO)之軌道能,是在測定離子性聚合物的離子化位能後,將所得的離子化位能作為該軌道能而求得。另一方面,離子性聚合物的最低非占有分子軌道(LUMO)之軌道能,是求得HOMO與LUMO之能差,將該值與前述測定的離子化位能之和作為該軌道能而求得。在測定離子化位能時,可使用光電子分光裝置。同時,HOMO與LUMO之能差,是使用紫外光‧可見光‧近紅外光分光光度計測定離子性聚合物的吸收光譜後,由其吸收末端求得。 In terms of electron acceptability and hole acceptability of the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, the orbital energy of the lowest non-occupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of the ionic polymer is preferably -5.0 eV or more - 2.0 eV. Hereinafter, it is preferably -4.5 eV or more to 2.0 eV or less. Meanwhile, from the same viewpoint, the orbital energy of the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the ionic polymer is preferably -6.0 eV or more to 3.0 eV or less, and is -5.5 eV or more to 3.0 eV or less. Preferably. However, the orbital energy of HOMO is less than the orbital energy of LUMO. Further, the orbital energy of the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the ionic polymer is obtained by measuring the ionization potential of the ionic polymer and using the obtained ionization potential energy as the orbital energy. On the other hand, the orbital energy of the lowest non-occupied molecular orbital (LUMO) of the ionic polymer is the difference between the HOMO and the LUMO, and the sum of the value and the measured ionized potential energy is used as the orbital energy. Got it. When measuring the ionization potential energy, a photoelectron spectroscopic device can be used. At the same time, the difference between the HOMO and the LUMO is determined by measuring the absorption spectrum of the ionic polymer using an ultraviolet light, a visible light, a near-infrared spectrophotometer, and the absorption end.

而且,本實施形態中使用的聚合物,如使用於電場發光元件中時,因是實質上的非發光性而佳。此處,某聚合物為實質上的非發光性,是如下述之意。首先,製作具有含某聚合物之層的電場發光元件A。另一方面,製作不具有含聚合物之層的電場發光元件2。電場發光元件A是具有含聚合物之層,電場發光元件2是不具有含聚合物之層,僅就此點即使電場發光元件A與電場發光元件2有所不同。其次,在電場發光元件A及電場發光元件2施加電壓10V的順向電壓後,測定發光光譜。就電場發光元件2所得的發光光譜中,求取可給與最大波峰的波長λ。將波長λ的發光強度設為1,將電場發光元件2所得的發光光譜標準化後,就波長積分後計算出標準化發光量S0。另一方面,將波長λ的發光強度設為1,將電場發光元件A所得的發光光譜標準化後,就波長積分後計算出標準化發光 量S。如以(S-S0)/S0×100%計算的值在30%以下時,即,如具有含聚合物之層的電場發光元件A之標準化發光量與不具有含聚合物之層的電場發光元件2之標準化發光量比較的增加分為30%以下時,使用的聚合物是作為實質上的非發光性之化合物。以(S-S0)/S0×100%計算的值宜為15%以下,並以10%以下較佳。 Further, when the polymer used in the present embodiment is used in an electric field light-emitting device, it is preferably a non-light-emitting property. Here, a certain polymer is substantially non-luminescent, and is as follows. First, an electroluminescent element A having a layer containing a certain polymer is produced. On the other hand, an electroluminescent element 2 having no polymer-containing layer was produced. The electric field light-emitting element A has a polymer-containing layer, and the electric field light-emitting element 2 does not have a polymer-containing layer, and only this point is different from the electric field light-emitting element A and the electric field light-emitting element 2. Next, after the forward voltage of a voltage of 10 V was applied to the electric field light-emitting element A and the electric field light-emitting element 2, the emission spectrum was measured. In the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electric field light-emitting element 2, the wavelength λ at which the maximum peak can be given is obtained. The luminescence intensity of the wavelength λ is set to 1, and the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electric field light-emitting element 2 is normalized, and the normalized luminescence amount S 0 is calculated after the wavelength is integrated. On the other hand, the luminous intensity of the wavelength λ is set to 1, and the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electric field light-emitting element A is normalized, and the normalized luminescence amount S is calculated after the wavelength is integrated. When the value calculated by (SS 0 ) / S 0 × 100% is 30% or less, that is, the normalized luminescence amount of the electroluminescent element A having the polymer-containing layer and the electric field luminescence without the polymer-containing layer When the increase in the normalized luminescence amount comparison of the element 2 is 30% or less, the polymer used is a compound which is substantially non-luminescent. The value calculated by (SS 0 ) / S 0 × 100% is preferably 15% or less, and preferably 10% or less.

作為含有前述式(1)表示的基及前述式(3)表示的基之離子性聚合物,可舉出僅由式(23)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(23)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(24)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(24)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(25)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(25)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(29)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(29)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(30)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式 (30)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物。 The ionic polymer containing the group represented by the above formula (1) and the group represented by the above formula (3) includes an ionic polymer formed only of the structural unit represented by the formula (23), and is selected from the formula (23). The structural unit and the structure represented by the group 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110 are one or more groups in which a group of two hydrogen atoms is removed. The formed ionic polymer, the ionic polymer formed only by the structural unit represented by the formula (24), the structural unit represented by the formula (24), and the structures 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, An ionic polymer formed by one or more groups in a group formed by removing a base of two hydrogen atoms represented by 92, 96, 101 to 110, and an ionic property formed only by a structural unit represented by the formula (25) a polymer, a structural unit selected from the formula (25), and a group formed by the group represented by the formula 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110 from which two hydrogen atoms are removed An ionic polymer formed of one or more kinds of groups in the group, an ionic polymer formed only of a structural unit represented by the formula (29), and a structural unit selected from the formula (29) An ionic polymer formed by one or more groups in the group formed by removing a group of two hydrogen atoms represented by structures 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110 An ionic polymer formed only by the structural unit represented by the formula (30), selected from the group consisting of (30) The structural unit and the structure represented by the structure 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, and 101 to 110 are one or more groups in which a group of two hydrogen atoms is removed. An ionic polymer formed on the basis of the base.

作為含有前述式(1)表示的基及前述式(3)表示的基之離子性聚合物,可舉出以下的高分子化合物。此等高分子化合物之中,在2種結構單位以斜線「/」區分的式表示之高分子化化合物中,左側的結構單位之比例為p莫耳%,右側的結構單位之比例為(100-p)莫耳%,此等結構單位是以無規的排列。同時,以下的式中,n是表示聚合度。 The ionic polymer containing the group represented by the above formula (1) and the group represented by the above formula (3) includes the following polymer compounds. Among these polymer compounds, the ratio of the structural unit on the left side is p mol%, and the ratio of the structural unit on the right side is (100) in the polymer compound represented by the formula "" in the two structural units. -p) Mohr%, these structural units are arranged in a random manner. Meanwhile, in the following formula, n is a degree of polymerization.

(式中,p是表示15至100的數字。) (where p is a number representing 15 to 100.)

作為含有前述式(2)表示的基及前述式(3)表示的基之離子性聚合物,可舉出僅由式(26)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(26)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(27)表示的結構單位形成之離 子性聚合物、選自式(27)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(28)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(28)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(31)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(31)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物、僅由式(32)表示的結構單位形成之離子性聚合物、選自式(32)表示的結構單位及結構45至50、59、60、77、80、91、92、96、101至110表示的基去除2個氫原子之基所形成之群組中的1種以上之基形成的離子性聚合物。 The ionic polymer containing the group represented by the above formula (2) and the group represented by the above formula (3) includes an ionic polymer formed only of the structural unit represented by the formula (26), and is selected from the formula (26). The structural unit and the structure represented by the group 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110 are one or more groups in which a group of two hydrogen atoms is removed. The formed ionic polymer is formed only by the structural unit represented by the formula (27) a daughter polymer, a structural unit selected from the group consisting of the formula (27) and a group represented by the structures 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110, which are formed by removing two hydrogen atoms. An ionic polymer formed by one or more kinds of groups in the group, an ionic polymer formed only of a structural unit represented by the formula (28), a structural unit selected from the formula (28), and structures 45 to 50, An ionic polymer formed by one or more groups in a group formed by removing a group of two hydrogen atoms represented by 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, and 101 to 110, only by the formula ( 31) The ionic polymer formed by the structural unit represented, the structural unit selected from the formula (31), and the group removal represented by the structures 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110 An ionic polymer formed by one or more groups in a group formed by two hydrogen atom groups, an ionic polymer formed only of a structural unit represented by the formula (32), or a selected from the group consisting of the formula (32) Structural unit and structure: 45 to 50, 59, 60, 77, 80, 91, 92, 96, 101 to 110, one or more base groups in a group formed by removing two hydrogen atoms The ionic polymer.

作為含有前述式(2)表示的基及前述式(3)表示的基之離子性聚合物,可舉出以下的高分子化合物。此等高分子化合物之中,在2種結構單位以斜線「/」區分的式表示之高分子化化合物中,左側的結構單位之比例為p莫耳%,右側的結構單位之比例為(100-p)莫耳%,此等結構單位是以無規的排列。同時,以下的式中,n是表示聚合度。 The ionic polymer containing the group represented by the above formula (2) and the group represented by the above formula (3) includes the following polymer compounds. Among these polymer compounds, the ratio of the structural unit on the left side is p mol%, and the ratio of the structural unit on the right side is (100) in the polymer compound represented by the formula "" in the two structural units. -p) Mohr%, these structural units are arranged in a random manner. Meanwhile, in the following formula, n is a degree of polymerization.

(式中,p是表示15至100的數字。) (where p is a number representing 15 to 100.)

(離子性聚合物的製造方法) (Method for producing ionic polymer)

其次,說明本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之製造方法。作為製造本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之適宜方法,可舉例如選擇使用下述式(36)表示的化合物作為原料之一,其中並含有式(36)中的-Aa-為式(13)表示結構單位的化合物、-Aa-為式(15)表示結構單位的化合物、-Aa-為式(17)表示結構單位的化合物及-Aa-為式(20)表示結構 單位的化合物之至少一種作為必需原料,而使其縮合聚合的方法。 Next, a method for producing the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment will be described. As a suitable method for producing the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (36) is selected as one of the raw materials, and -A a - in the formula (36) is contained (13) A compound indicating a structural unit, -A a - is a compound represented by the formula (15), a compound of -A a - is a compound represented by the formula (17), and -A a - is a structure represented by the formula (20) A method in which at least one of the compounds of the unit is used as an essential raw material to carry out condensation polymerization.

Y4-Aa-Y5 (36) Y 4 -A a -Y 5 (36)

式(36)中,Aa是表示含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基,與式(3)表示的1個以上的基之結構單位(重複單位)。Y4及Y5是分別獨立的表示有關縮合聚合的基。 In the formula (36), A a is one or more groups including a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2), and one represented by the formula (3) The structural unit of the above base (repeating unit). Y 4 and Y 5 are each independently a group representing a condensation polymerization.

同時,本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物中,如同時含有上述式(36)中的-Aa-表示的結構單位與前述-Aa-以外的其他結構單位時,只要使用作為前述-Aa-以外的其他結構單位、具有2個有關縮合聚合的取代基之化合物,與前述式(36)表示的化合物同時共存而縮合聚合即可。 In the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, when the structural unit represented by -A a - in the above formula (36) and the structural unit other than the above -A a - are simultaneously contained, the above-mentioned - A structural unit other than A a - and a compound having two substituents relating to condensation polymerization may be coexisted with the compound represented by the above formula (36) to be condensed and polymerized.

作為使用於為含有此種其他的結構單位、具有2個可縮合聚合的取代基之化合物,可例示如式(37)表示的化合物。然後,加入前述Y4-Aa-Y5表示的化合物中,使式(37)表示的化合物縮合聚合後,即可製造更具有-Ab-表示的結構單位之本發明中使用的離子性聚合物。 The compound represented by the formula (37) can be exemplified as the compound which is used in the case of having such a different structural unit and having two condensable polymerizable substituents. Then, by adding a compound represented by the above Y 4 -A a -Y 5 and condensing and polymerizing the compound represented by the formula (37), the ionicity used in the present invention having a structural unit represented by -A b - can be produced. polymer.

Y6-Ab-Y7 (37) Y 6 -A b -Y 7 (37)

式(37)中,Ab是表示含有前述通式(33)表示的結構單位或通式(35)表示的結構單位,Y6及Y7是分別獨立的表示有關縮合聚合的基。 In the formula (37), A b represents a structural unit represented by the above formula (33) or a structural unit represented by the formula (35), and Y 6 and Y 7 each independently represent a group relating to condensation polymerization.

作為此種有關縮合聚合的基(Y4、Y5、Y6及Y7),可舉出氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基、芳烷基磺酸酯基、硼酸酯殘基、硫鎓甲基、磷鎓甲基、磷酸 甲酯基、單鹵化甲基、-B(OH)2、甲醯基、氰基、乙烯基等。 Examples of such a group for the condensation polymerization (Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 and Y 7 ) include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkylsulfonate group, an arylsulfonate group, and an aralkylsulfonic acid. Ester group, borate ester residue, thiomethyl group, phosphonium methyl group, methyl phosphate group, monohalogenated methyl group, -B(OH) 2 , formamyl group, cyano group, vinyl group and the like.

作為有關此種縮合聚合的基而選擇的鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。 The halogen atom selected as a group for such condensation polymerization may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

同時,作為有關前述縮合聚合的基而選擇的烷基磺酸酯基,可例示如甲烷磺酸酯基、乙烷磺酸酯基、三氟甲烷磺酸酯基,作為芳基磺酸酯基,可例示如苯磺酸酯基、對-甲苯磺酸酯基。 Meanwhile, as the alkylsulfonate group selected as the base of the above condensation polymerization, for example, a methanesulfonate group, an ethanesulfonate group, a trifluoromethanesulfonate group, and an arylsulfonate group can be exemplified. For example, a benzenesulfonate group or a p-toluenesulfonate group can be exemplified.

作為有關前述縮合聚合的基而選擇的芳烷基磺酸酯基,可例示如苯甲基磺酸酯基。 The aralkylsulfonate group selected as the group of the above condensation polymerization may, for example, be a benzylsulfonate group.

同時,作為有關前述縮合聚合的基而選擇的硼酸酯殘基,可例示如下述式表示的基。 In the meantime, the boronic acid ester residue selected as the group of the condensation polymerization may be a group represented by the following formula.

並且,作為有關前述縮合聚合的基而選擇的硫鎓甲基,可例示如下述式表示的基。 In addition, the thioxanthylmethyl group selected as the group of the condensation polymerization may be a group represented by the following formula.

-CH2S+Me2E-或-CH2S+Ph2E- -CH 2 S + Me 2 E - or -CH 2 S + Ph 2 E -

(式中,E是表示鹵素原子。Ph是表示苯基,以下亦同。) (In the formula, E is a halogen atom. Ph is a phenyl group, and the same applies hereinafter.)

同時,作為有關前述縮合聚合的基而選擇的磷鎓甲基,可例示如下述式表示的基。 In the meantime, the phosphonium methyl group selected as the group of the condensation polymerization may be a group represented by the following formula.

-CH2P+Ph3E- -CH 2 P + Ph 3 E -

(式中,E是表示鹵素原子。) (wherein E is a halogen atom.)

同時,作為有關前述縮合聚合的基而選擇的磷酸酯甲 基,可例示如下述式表示的基。 At the same time, as a base for the aforementioned condensation polymerization, a phosphate ester A is selected. The base may be a group represented by the following formula.

-CH2PO(ORd)2 -CH 2 PO(OR d ) 2

(式中,Rd是表示烷基、芳基或芳烷基。) (wherein R d represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.)

並且,作為可選擇作為有關前述縮合聚合的基之單鹵化甲基,可例示如氟化甲基、氯化甲基、溴化甲基、碘化甲基。 Further, as the monohalogenated methyl group which can be selected as the group relating to the above condensation polymerization, a fluorinated methyl group, a methyl chloride group, a methyl bromide group or a methyl iodide group can be exemplified.

並且,作為有關縮合聚合的基之適宜的基,雖然可因聚合反應的種類而異,但在例如使用山本(Yamamoto)耦合反應等的0價鎳錯合物時,可舉出鹵素原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基、芳烷基磺酸酯基。同時,如使用鈴木(Suzuki)耦合反應等的鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒時,可舉出烷基磺酸酯基、鹵素原子、硼酸酯殘基、-B(OH)2等。如使用氧化劑的氧化聚合或電化學的氧化聚合時,可舉出氫原子。 In addition, as a suitable group of the base of the condensation polymerization, the type of the polymerization reaction may vary. However, when a zero-valent nickel complex such as a Yamamoto coupling reaction is used, a halogen atom or an alkane may be mentioned. A sulfonate group, an aryl sulfonate group, an aralkyl sulfonate group. Meanwhile, when a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst such as a Suzuki coupling reaction is used, an alkylsulfonate group, a halogen atom, a boronic acid ester residue, -B(OH) 2 or the like can be given. When oxidative polymerization or electrochemical oxidative polymerization using an oxidizing agent is used, a hydrogen atom is mentioned.

在製造本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之際,也可採用例如將具有複數個有關縮合聚合的基之前述通式(36)或式(37)表示的化合物(單體),視需要而溶解於有機溶劑中,使用鹼或適當的觸媒,在有機溶劑的熔點以上、沸點以下的溫度中反應之聚合方法。作為此種聚合方法,可採用例如"Organic Reactions",第14卷,270至490頁,John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,1965年、"Organic Syntheses",Collective第6卷,407至411頁,John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,1988年、Chemical Review,第95卷,2,457頁(1995年)、J.Organomet.Chem.,第576卷,147頁(1999年)、Macromolecular Chemistry Macromolecular Symposium, 第12卷,229頁(1987年)中所述之已周知的方法。 In the production of the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, for example, a compound (monomer) represented by the above formula (36) or formula (37) having a plurality of groups related to condensation polymerization may be used, if necessary. A polymerization method which is dissolved in an organic solvent and which is reacted at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of the organic solvent or below the boiling point using an alkali or a suitable catalyst. As such a polymerization method, for example, "Organic Reactions", Vol. 14, pp. 270 to 490, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1965, "Organic Syntheses", Collective Vol. 6, pages 407 to 411, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1988, Chemical Review, Vol. 95, 2, 457 (1995), J. Organomet. Chem., vol. 576, p. 147 (1999), Macromolecular Chemistry Macromolecular Symposium, A well-known method described in Volume 12, page 229 (1987).

同時,在製造本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物之際,也可配合有關縮合聚合的基而採用已知的縮合聚合反應。作為此種聚合反應,可舉出使該單體應用鈴木耦合反應聚合的方法、應用Grignard反應聚合的方法、應用0價鎳錯合物聚合的方法、應用FeCl3等氧化劑聚合的方法、以電化學氧化聚合的方法、應用具有適當的脫離基之高分子化合物的分解聚合的方法等。在此等聚合反應之中,並宜為應用鈴木耦合反應聚合的方法、應用Grignard反應聚合的方法及應用0價鎳錯合物聚合的方法,因其可使所得的離子性聚合物之結構易於調控。 Meanwhile, in the production of the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, a known condensation polymerization reaction may be employed in association with the group of the condensation polymerization. Examples of such a polymerization reaction include a method in which the monomer is subjected to Suzuki coupling reaction polymerization, a method in which Grignard reaction polymerization is applied, a method in which a nickel-valent complex polymerization is applied, a method in which an oxidizing agent such as FeCl 3 is used, and electrolysis. A method of oxidative polymerization, a method of decomposing and polymerizing a polymer compound having a suitable debonding group, and the like. Among these polymerization reactions, the method of applying Suzuki coupling reaction polymerization, the method of applying Grignard reaction polymerization, and the method of applying zero-valent nickel complex polymerization are preferred, since the structure of the obtained ionic polymer can be easily Regulation.

本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物的理想製造方法之1的形態,是使用具有選自鹵素原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基及芳烷基磺酸酯基所形成之群組中的基作為有關縮合聚合之基的原料單體,於0價鎳錯合物的存在下縮合聚合,製造離子性聚合物的方法。作為此種方法中使用的原料單體,可舉例如二鹵化化合物、雙(烷基磺酸酯)化合物、雙(芳基磺酸酯)化合物、雙(芳烷基磺酸酯)化合物、鹵-烷基磺酸酯化合物、鹵-芳基磺酸酯化合物、鹵-芳烷基磺酸酯化合物、烷基磺酸酯-芳基磺酸酯化合物、烷基磺酸酯-芳烷基磺酸酯化合物及芳基磺酸酯-芳烷基磺酸酯化合物。 The aspect of the preferred production method of the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment is formed by using a group selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, an alkyl sulfonate group, an aryl sulfonate group, and an aralkyl sulfonate group. The group in the group is a raw material monomer related to the condensation polymerization, and is a method of producing an ionic polymer by condensation polymerization in the presence of a zero-valent nickel complex. The raw material monomer used in such a method may, for example, be a dihalogenated compound, a bis(alkylsulfonate) compound, a bis(arylsulfonate) compound, a bis(aralkylsulfonate) compound, or a halogen. - alkyl sulfonate compound, halo-aryl sulfonate compound, halo-aralkyl sulfonate compound, alkyl sulfonate-aryl sulfonate compound, alkyl sulfonate - aralkyl sulfonate An acid ester compound and an aryl sulfonate-aralkyl sulfonate compound.

前述離子性聚合物的理想製造方法的其他形態,是使用具有選自鹵素原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基、芳 烷基磺酸酯基、-B(OH)2及硼酸酯殘基所形成之群組中的基作為有關縮合聚合之基,全原料單體具有之鹵素原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基及芳烷基磺酸酯基的莫耳數的合計(J)與-B(OH)2及硼酸酯殘基的莫耳數的合計(K)之比(K/J)為實質的1(通常K/J是0.7至1.2的範圍)之原料單體,於鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒的存在下縮合聚合,而製造離子性聚合物的方法。 Another aspect of the preferred method for producing the ionic polymer is to use a halogen atom, an alkyl sulfonate group, an aryl sulfonate group, an aralkyl sulfonate group, -B(OH) 2 and The group in the group formed by the borate residue serves as a base for the condensation polymerization, and the whole raw material monomer has a halogen atom, an alkylsulfonate group, an arylsulfonate group, and an aralkylsulfonate group. The ratio of the total number of moles (J) to the total (K) of the molar number of the -B(OH) 2 and the borate residue (K) is a substantial one (usually K/J is 0.7 to A method for producing an ionic polymer by condensing and polymerizing a raw material monomer in the range of 1.2 in the presence of a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst.

作為前述有機溶劑,雖然可因使用的化合物或反應而異,但一般宜使用可充分脫氧處理的有機溶劑,以抑制副反應的生成。在製造離子性聚合物之際,宜使用此種有機溶劑在惰性氣體氛圍環境下進行反應。但是,在鈴木耦合反應等與水的2相系中的反應時,則無此等限制。 The organic solvent may be used depending on the compound or reaction to be used. However, it is generally preferred to use an organic solvent which is sufficiently deoxidized to suppress the formation of side reactions. In the production of an ionic polymer, it is preferred to carry out the reaction under an inert gas atmosphere using such an organic solvent. However, there is no such limitation in the reaction in the two-phase system with water such as the Suzuki coupling reaction.

作為此種有機溶劑,可例示如戊烷、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、環己烷等飽和烴;苯、甲苯、乙基苯、二甲苯等不飽和烴;四氯化碳、氯仿、二氯甲烷、氯丁烷、溴丁烷、氯戊烷、溴戊烷、氯己烷、溴己烷、氯環己烷、溴環己烷等鹵化飽和烴;氯苯、二氯苯、三氯苯等鹵化不飽和烴;甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類;蟻酸(甲酸)、醋酸、丙酸等羧酸類;二甲醚、二乙醚、甲基-第三丁醚、四氫呋喃、四氫吡喃、二噁烷等醚類;三甲基胺、三乙基胺、N,N,N’,N’-四甲基伸乙二胺、吡啶等胺類;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、N-甲基嗎啉氧化物等醯胺類。此等有機溶劑可單獨使用1種,也可將2種以上混合後使用。同時,在此種有機 溶劑之中,就反應的觀點性而言,是以醚類較佳,並以四氫呋喃、二乙醚更佳。就反應速度的觀點而言,其宜為甲苯、二甲苯。 Examples of such an organic solvent include saturated hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, and cyclohexane; unsaturated hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene; carbon tetrachloride and chloroform; Halogenated saturated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chlorobutane, bromobutane, chloropentane, bromopentane, chlorohexane, bromohexane, chlorocyclohexane, bromocyclohexane; chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene, three Halogenated unsaturated hydrocarbons such as chlorobenzene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, and butanol; carboxylic acids such as formic acid (formic acid), acetic acid, and propionic acid; dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, Ethers such as methyl-tert-butyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, dioxane; trimethylamine, triethylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine, Amines such as pyridine; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N-methylmorpholine oxide . These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. At the same time, in this organic Among the solvents, from the viewpoint of the reaction, ethers are preferred, and tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether are more preferred. From the viewpoint of the reaction rate, it is preferably toluene or xylene.

至於在製造前述離子性聚合物之際,宜添加鹼或適當的觸媒,以使原料單體反應。此種鹼或觸媒,只要配合採用的聚合方法選擇即可。作為此種鹼或觸媒,宜為可充分溶解於反應中使用的溶劑之觸媒。同時,作為將前述鹼或觸媒混合的方法,可例示如在氫氣或氮氣等惰性氣體氛圍環境下一邊攪拌反應液時,一邊徐徐加入鹼或觸媒的溶液,或將反應液徐徐加入鹼或觸媒的溶液中的方法。 As for the production of the aforementioned ionic polymer, it is preferred to add a base or a suitable catalyst to react the raw material monomers. Such a base or a catalyst may be selected in accordance with the polymerization method employed. As such a base or a catalyst, a catalyst which can be sufficiently dissolved in a solvent used in the reaction is preferred. In the meantime, as a method of mixing the above-mentioned alkali or a catalyst, a solution in which a base or a catalyst is slowly added while stirring a reaction liquid in an inert gas atmosphere such as hydrogen or nitrogen may be exemplified, or the reaction liquid may be slowly added to a base or The method in the solution of the catalyst.

至於本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物,有可能因聚合性基原樣殘留在末端基而使所得的發光元件之發光特性或壽命特性降低,故也可以安定的基保護末端基。如以此種安定的基保護末端基時,本發明中使用的離子性聚合物為共軛化合物時,末端基宜具有與該離子性聚合物的主鏈之共軛結構連續的共軛鍵。作為末端基的結構,可舉例如經由碳-碳鍵而與芳基或雜環基結合的結構。作為此種可保護末端基的安定之基,可舉出日本特開平9-45478號公報中以化10的結構式表示的1價芳香族化合物基等取代基。 In the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment, the polymerizable group may remain in the terminal group as it is, and the light-emitting characteristics or lifetime characteristics of the obtained light-emitting element may be lowered. Therefore, the terminal group may be protected by a stable base. When the ionic polymer used in the present invention is a conjugated compound when the terminal group is protected by such a stable group, the terminal group preferably has a conjugated bond which is continuous with the conjugated structure of the main chain of the ionic polymer. The structure of the terminal group may, for example, be a structure in which it is bonded to an aryl group or a heterocyclic group via a carbon-carbon bond. A substituent such as a monovalent aromatic compound group represented by a structural formula of 10 in JP-A-H09-45478 is exemplified.

作為製造具有含式(1)表示的基之結構單位的離子性聚合物的其他適宜方法,可舉出在第1步驟中使不具有陽離子的離子性聚合物聚合,在第2步驟中由該離子性聚合物製造含有陽離子的離子性聚合物之方法。作為使第1步驟的不具有陽離子的離子性聚合物聚合的方法,可舉出前 述的縮合聚合反應。作為第2步驟,可舉出利用金屬氫氧化物、烷基氫氧化銨等的加水分解反應等。 As another suitable method for producing an ionic polymer having a structural unit containing a group represented by the formula (1), an ionic polymer having no cation is polymerized in the first step, and the second step is carried out in the second step. A method of producing an ionic polymer containing a cation by an ionic polymer. As a method of polymerizing the ionic polymer having no cation in the first step, the former may be mentioned. The condensation polymerization described. The second step includes a hydrolysis reaction using a metal hydroxide, an alkyl ammonium hydroxide or the like.

作為製造具有含式(2)表示的基之結構單位的離子性聚合物的其他適宜方法,可舉出在第1步驟中使不具有離子的離子性聚合物聚合,在第2步驟中由該離子性聚合物製造含有離子的離子性聚合物之方法。作為使第1步驟的不具有離子的離子性聚合物聚合的方法,可舉出前述的縮合聚合反應。作為第2步驟,可舉出使用鹵化烷基的胺之四級銨鹽反應、應用SbF5的去除鹵素之反應等。 As another suitable method for producing an ionic polymer having a structural unit containing a group represented by the formula (2), an ionic polymer having no ions is polymerized in the first step, and the second step is carried out in the second step. A method of producing an ion-containing ionic polymer from an ionic polymer. As a method of polymerizing the ionic polymer having no ions in the first step, the above condensation polymerization reaction can be mentioned. The second step includes a quaternary ammonium salt reaction using an amine having a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen removal reaction using SbF 5 , and the like.

本實施形態中使用的離子性聚合物,由於電荷之注入性或輸送性優異,故可得高亮度發光的元件。 Since the ionic polymer used in the present embodiment is excellent in charge injection property and transport property, an element having high luminance light emission can be obtained.

作為含有離子性聚合物之層的形成方法,可舉例如使用含有離子性聚合物的溶液成膜之方法。 As a method of forming the layer containing the ionic polymer, for example, a method of forming a film using a solution containing an ionic polymer can be mentioned.

作為由此種溶液成膜中使用的溶劑,在醇類、醚類、酯類、腈基化合物類、硝基化合物類、鹵化烷基類、鹵化芳基類、硫醇類、硫化物類、亞碸類、硫酮類、醯胺類、羧酸類等溶劑(但是,水除外)之中,宜為溶解度參數9.3以上的溶劑。作為該溶劑之例(各括弧內之值是表示各溶劑的溶解度參數之值),可舉出甲醇(12.9)、乙醇(11.2)、2-丙醇(11.5)、1-丁醇(9.9)、第三丁醇(10.5)、乙腈(11.8)、1,2-乙二醇(14.7)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(11.5)、二甲基亞碸(12.8)、醋酸(12.4)、硝基苯(11.1)、硝基甲烷(11.0)、1,2-二氯乙烷(9.7)、二氯甲烷(9.6)、氯苯(9.6)、溴苯(9.9)、二噁烷(9.8)、碳酸伸丙酯(13.3)、吡啶(10.4)、 二硫化碳(10.0)及此等溶劑之混合溶劑。此處,在說明有關將2種溶劑(為溶劑1、溶劑2)混合成的混合溶劑時,該混合溶劑的溶解度參數(δm)是由δm1×φ12×φ2求得之值(δ1是溶劑1的溶解度參數,φ1是溶劑1的體積分率,δ2是溶劑2的溶解度參數,φ2是溶劑2的體積分率。) Examples of the solvent used for film formation from such a solution include alcohols, ethers, esters, nitrile compounds, nitro compounds, halogenated alkyls, halogenated aryls, thiols, sulfides, and the like. Among solvents (other than water) such as an anthracene, a thioketone, a guanamine or a carboxylic acid, a solvent having a solubility parameter of 9.3 or more is preferred. Examples of the solvent (values in the respective brackets are values indicating the solubility parameter of each solvent) include methanol (12.9), ethanol (11.2), 2-propanol (11.5), and 1-butanol (9.9). , butanol (10.5), acetonitrile (11.8), 1,2-ethanediol (14.7), N,N-dimethylformamide (11.5), dimethyl hydrazine (12.8), acetic acid ( 12.4), nitrobenzene (11.1), nitromethane (11.0), 1,2-dichloroethane (9.7), dichloromethane (9.6), chlorobenzene (9.6), bromobenzene (9.9), dioxins Alkane (9.8), propyl carbonate (13.3), pyridine (10.4), carbon disulfide (10.0) and a mixed solvent of such solvents. Here, when describing a mixed solvent in which two kinds of solvents (solvent 1 and solvent 2) are mixed, the solubility parameter (δ m ) of the mixed solvent is δ m = δ 1 × φ 1 + δ 2 × φ 2 The value obtained (δ 1 is the solubility parameter of solvent 1, φ 1 is the volume fraction of solvent 1, δ 2 is the solubility parameter of solvent 2, and φ 2 is the volume fraction of solvent 2.)

作為電子注入層之膜厚,可因使用的離子性聚合物而使最適值有所不同,故只要選擇成使驅動電壓與發光效率成為適度之值即可,但必須是不致產生針孔的厚度。就可降低元件的驅動電壓而言,該膜厚宜為1nm至1μm,並以2nm至500nm較佳,而以2nm至200nm更佳。就可保護發光層而言,該膜厚宜為5nm至1μm。 The film thickness of the electron injecting layer may be different depending on the ionic polymer to be used. Therefore, it is only necessary to select a driving voltage and a luminous efficiency to be appropriate values, but it is necessary to have a thickness which does not cause pinholes. . The film thickness is preferably from 1 nm to 1 μm in terms of the driving voltage of the element, and is preferably from 2 nm to 500 nm, more preferably from 2 nm to 200 nm. The film thickness is preferably from 5 nm to 1 μm in terms of protecting the light-emitting layer.

<陰極> <cathode>

作為陰極的材料,宜為導電度高的材料。同時在由陽極側取光的組成之有機EL元件中,作為陰極的材料宜為可見光反射率高的材料,以使發光層發出的光可在陰極反射至陽極側。在陰極上,可使用金、銀、鉑、銅、鋁、錳、鈦、鈷、鎳、鎢、錫的單體或含有1種以上的合金,或石墨或石墨層間化合物等。同時,也可使用導電性金屬氧化物、導電性樹脂及樹脂與導電性填料的混合物等作為陰極。具體上,作為導電性金屬氧化物,可舉出氧化銦、氧化鋅、氧化錫、ITO及IZO,作為導電性樹脂,可舉出3,4-聚伸乙基二氧噻吩/聚苯乙烯磺酸等。 As the material of the cathode, a material having high conductivity is preferable. In the organic EL element of the composition which is taken up by the anode side, the material as the cathode is preferably a material having a high visible light reflectance so that light emitted from the light-emitting layer can be reflected from the cathode to the anode side. As the cathode, a monomer of gold, silver, platinum, copper, aluminum, manganese, titanium, cobalt, nickel, tungsten, or tin, or an alloy containing one or more kinds, or a graphite or graphite intercalation compound or the like can be used. At the same time, a conductive metal oxide, a conductive resin, a mixture of a resin and a conductive filler, or the like may be used as the cathode. Specific examples of the conductive metal oxide include indium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, ITO, and IZO. Examples of the conductive resin include 3,4-polyethyldioxythiophene/polystyrene sulfonate. Acid, etc.

如為樹脂與導電性填料形成的薄膜時,在樹脂上可使用導電性樹脂。同時可使用金屬微粒子或導電性導線等, 作為導電性填料。可使用Au或Ag、Al等作為導電性填料。而且,陰極也可以是由2層以上積層的積層體組成。 When a film formed of a resin and a conductive filler is used, a conductive resin can be used for the resin. At the same time, metal particles or conductive wires can be used. As a conductive filler. Au, Ag, Al, or the like can be used as the conductive filler. Further, the cathode may be composed of a laminate of two or more layers.

陰極的膜厚,是在考量所求的特性及工程的簡易度等後適宜的設計,例如為10 nm至10μm,並以20nm至1μm較佳,而以50nm至500nm更佳。 The film thickness of the cathode is a suitable design after considering the properties sought for, the ease of engineering, and the like, and is, for example, 10 nm to 10 μm, preferably 20 nm to 1 μm, and more preferably 50 nm to 500 nm.

作為陰極的製作方法,可舉出真空蒸鍍法、濺鍍法,或將金屬薄膜熱壓鍍的層合法等。同時,作為陰極的製作方法,如使用已將導電性填料及樹脂分散在分散媒中的印墨時,可使用塗布法。 Examples of the method for producing the cathode include a vacuum deposition method, a sputtering method, and a lamination method of hot-press plating a metal thin film. Meanwhile, as a method of producing the cathode, when an ink having a conductive filler and a resin dispersed in a dispersion medium is used, a coating method can be used.

[實施例] [Examples] <有機EL元件的製作> <Production of Organic EL Element>

在玻璃基板上製作第4圖中所示之積層結構的有機EL元件。 An organic EL element having a laminated structure shown in Fig. 4 was produced on a glass substrate.

準備已形成ITO薄膜的玻璃基板。ITO薄膜是相當於作為陽極機能的第1電極。ITO薄膜是以濺鍍法形成,其厚度為50nm。 A glass substrate on which an ITO film has been formed is prepared. The ITO film corresponds to the first electrode functioning as an anode. The ITO film was formed by sputtering and had a thickness of 50 nm.

接著,在大氣中,以旋轉塗布法將高分子化合物A的懸浮液塗布在ITO薄膜上成膜,形成厚度60nm的電洞注入層用之塗膜。在加熱器上以170℃將此薄膜乾燥15分鐘後,形成電洞注入層。 Next, a suspension of the polymer compound A was applied onto an ITO thin film by a spin coating method in the air to form a coating film for a hole injection layer having a thickness of 60 nm. The film was dried at 170 ° C for 15 minutes on a heater to form a hole injection layer.

接著,使高分子化合物B溶解在0.8重量%濃度的二甲苯中,於大氣中以旋轉塗布法將此二甲苯溶液塗布在電洞注入層上,成膜為膜厚15nm的電洞輸送層用之塗膜。接著在大約常壓的壓力下,於氧濃度及水分濃度分別調控在 體積比10ppm以下的氮氣氛圍環境中,使塗膜在180℃保持60分鐘乾燥後,可得電洞輸送層。 Next, the polymer compound B was dissolved in xylene at a concentration of 0.8% by weight, and the xylene solution was applied onto the hole injection layer by a spin coating method in the air to form a hole transport layer having a film thickness of 15 nm. Coating film. Then, under the pressure of about atmospheric pressure, the oxygen concentration and the water concentration are respectively regulated. In a nitrogen atmosphere having a volume ratio of 10 ppm or less, the coating film was dried at 180 ° C for 60 minutes to obtain a hole transport layer.

其次,使可發射紅色光的高分子發光材料C溶解於1.6重量%濃度的二甲苯中,於大氣中以旋轉塗布法將此二甲苯溶液塗布在電洞輸送層上,成膜為膜厚70nm的發光層用塗膜。接著在大約常壓的壓力下,於氧濃度及水分濃度分別調控在體積比10ppm以下的氮氣氛圍環境中,使塗膜在130℃保持10分鐘乾燥後,即得可發射紅色光的發光層。 Next, the polymer light-emitting material C capable of emitting red light is dissolved in a concentration of 1.6% by weight of xylene, and the xylene solution is applied to the hole transport layer by spin coating in the atmosphere to form a film thickness of 70 nm. The luminescent layer is coated with a film. Then, under a pressure of about atmospheric pressure, the oxygen concentration and the water concentration were respectively adjusted in a nitrogen atmosphere having a volume ratio of 10 ppm or less, and the coating film was dried at 130 ° C for 10 minutes to obtain a light-emitting layer capable of emitting red light.

接著將後述實驗例1中所得的共軛高分子化合物1溶解於0.2重量%濃度的甲醇中,於大氣中以旋轉塗布法將此甲醇溶液塗布在發光層上,成膜為膜厚10nm的電子注入層用塗膜。接著在大氣中,使塗膜在130℃保持10分鐘乾燥後,可得電子注入層。 Next, the conjugated polymer compound 1 obtained in the experimental example 1 described later was dissolved in methanol at a concentration of 0.2% by weight, and the methanol solution was applied onto the light-emitting layer by a spin coating method in the air to form an electron having a film thickness of 10 nm. A coating film is used for the injection layer. Then, the coating film was dried at 130 ° C for 10 minutes in the atmosphere to obtain an electron injecting layer.

接著,在減壓至1.0×10-4Pa的狀態中,在電子注入層上蒸鍍鋁大約8nm後,形成由鋁薄膜形成的取出電極。而且,此鋁是一般使用作為陰極材料的鋁。 Next, in a state where the pressure was reduced to 1.0 × 10 -4 Pa, aluminum was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to about 8 nm, and then a take-out electrode formed of an aluminum thin film was formed. Moreover, this aluminum is aluminum which is generally used as a cathode material.

在大氣中將形成取出電極的基板取出,使共軛高分子化合物1溶解於0.2重量%濃度的甲醇中,於大氣中以旋轉塗布法將此甲醇溶液塗布在取出電極上,成膜為膜厚10nm的電子注入層用塗膜。接著在大氣中,使塗膜在130℃保持10分鐘乾燥後,可得電子注入層。 The substrate on which the electrode was taken out was taken out in the air, the conjugated polymer compound 1 was dissolved in methanol having a concentration of 0.2% by weight, and the methanol solution was applied onto the electrode by spin coating in the air to form a film thickness. A coating film for a 10 nm electron injecting layer. Then, the coating film was dried at 130 ° C for 10 minutes in the atmosphere to obtain an electron injecting layer.

接著,使可發射白色光的高分子發光材料D溶解於1.3重量%濃度的二甲苯中,於大氣中以旋轉塗布法將此二甲苯溶液塗布在電子注入層上,成膜為膜厚70nm的發光層用塗 膜。接著在大約常壓的壓力下,於氧濃度及水分濃度分別調控在體積比10ppm以下的氮氣氛圍環境中,使塗膜在130℃保持10分鐘乾燥後,即得可發射白色光的發光層。 Next, the polymer light-emitting material D capable of emitting white light was dissolved in 1.3% by weight of xylene, and the xylene solution was applied onto the electron injecting layer by a spin coating method in the atmosphere to form a film having a film thickness of 70 nm. Coating with luminescent layer membrane. Then, under a pressure of about atmospheric pressure, the oxygen concentration and the water concentration were respectively adjusted in a nitrogen atmosphere having a volume ratio of 10 ppm or less, and the coating film was dried at 130 ° C for 10 minutes to obtain a light-emitting layer capable of emitting white light.

接著,使高分子化合物B溶解在0.8重量%濃度的二甲苯中,於大氣中以旋轉塗布法將此二甲苯溶液塗布在發光層上,成膜為膜厚15nm的電洞輸送層用塗膜。接著,於氧濃度及水分濃度分別調控在體積比10ppm以下的氮氣氛圍環境中,使塗膜在180℃保持60分鐘乾燥後,可得電洞輸送層。 Next, the polymer compound B was dissolved in xylene at a concentration of 0.8% by weight, and the xylene solution was applied onto the light-emitting layer by a spin coating method in the air to form a coating film for a hole transport layer having a film thickness of 15 nm. . Next, the oxygen concentration and the water concentration were respectively adjusted in a nitrogen atmosphere having a volume ratio of 10 ppm or less, and the coating film was dried at 180 ° C for 60 minutes to obtain a hole transport layer.

接著,在減壓至1.0×10-4Pa的狀態中,在電洞輸送層上蒸鍍氧化鉬大約30nm後,可得由氧化鉬形成的電洞注入層。 Next, in a state where the pressure is reduced to 1.0 × 10 -4 Pa, a molybdenum oxide is deposited on the hole transporting layer to a thickness of about 30 nm, and then a hole injecting layer formed of molybdenum oxide is obtained.

接著,在減壓至1.0×10-4Pa的狀態中,在電洞注入層上蒸鍍金大約60nm後,可得由金形成的第2電極。此第2電極是相當於陽極。 Next, in a state where the pressure is reduced to 1.0 × 10 -4 Pa, gold is vapor-deposited on the hole injection layer for about 60 nm, and then a second electrode made of gold is obtained. This second electrode corresponds to the anode.

形成第2電極之後,經由接著材料將密封用玻璃基板貼合,進行有機EL元件之密封。 After the formation of the second electrode, the glass substrate for sealing is bonded via a bonding material to seal the organic EL element.

[發光狀態的確認] [Confirmation of lighting status]

進行實施例中製作的有機EL元件之發光的確認。將第1電極、第2電極及取出電極分別與驅動電路連接後,在第1電極與取出電極之間及取出電極與第2電極之間,分別獨立的施加電壓V1與V2。而且,如同可使由有機EL元件發射的光(紅色的光與白色的光重疊的光)之亮度成為1,000cd/m2,將V1、V2作各種設定後,測定各施加電壓中 的色度。 The light emission of the organic EL element produced in the examples was confirmed. After the first electrode, the second electrode, and the extraction electrode are respectively connected to the driving circuit, voltages V1 and V2 are independently applied between the first electrode and the extraction electrode and between the extraction electrode and the second electrode. Further, as the luminance of the light emitted from the organic EL element (the light in which the red light and the white light are superimposed) is 1,000 cd/m 2 , V1 and V2 are variously set, and the chromaticity in each applied voltage is measured. .

測定結果如第6圖的CIE色度座標所示。如第6圖所示,確認藉由V1、V2的各種調整,就在亮度為一定的情形下,可調整發光色。即,確認可發射白色光的發光層、發射紅色光的發光層所發射的光之強度,可分別獨立的調控。 The measurement results are shown in the CIE chromaticity coordinates of Fig. 6. As shown in Fig. 6, it is confirmed that the illuminating color can be adjusted when the brightness is constant by various adjustments of V1 and V2. That is, it is confirmed that the intensity of light emitted by the light-emitting layer that emits white light and the light-emitting layer that emits red light can be independently regulated.

接著,說明上述實施例中使用的離子性聚合物等、製作的各種離子性聚合物。 Next, various ionic polymers produced by the ionic polymer or the like used in the above examples will be described.

[參考例1] [Reference Example 1]

2,7-二溴-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(化合物A)之合成 2,7-Dibromo-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole ( Synthesis of Compound A)

將2,7-二溴-9-茀(52.5g)、水楊酸乙酯(154.8g)及硫醇醋酸(1.4g)放入300mL的燒瓶中,將燒瓶中的氛圍環境氣體置換成氮氣(以下,關於燒瓶,將燒瓶中的氛圍環境氣體置換成氮氣,簡述為置換成氮氣。)。在其中,添加甲烷磺酸(630mL),將混合物於75℃攪拌過夜。將混合物放冷後,加入冰水中攪拌1小時。將生成的固體過濾分離,以加熱的乙腈清洗。使清洗後的該固體溶解於丙酮,使固體由所得的丙酮溶液再結晶後,過濾分離。使所得的固體(62.7g)、2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]-對-甲苯磺酸酯(86.3g)、碳酸鉀(62.6g)及18-冠-6(7.2g)溶解於N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)(670mL)中,將溶液移入燒瓶中,於105℃攪拌過夜。使所得的混合物放冷至室溫後,加入冰水,攪拌1小時。在反應液中加入氯仿(300mL)進行分液萃取。將溶液濃縮後,即得2,7-二溴-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2- [2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(化合物A)(51.2g)。 2,7-dibromo-9-indole (52.5 g), ethyl salicylate (154.8 g) and thiol acetic acid (1.4 g) were placed in a 300 mL flask, and the atmosphere in the flask was replaced with nitrogen. (Here, in the flask, the atmosphere gas in the flask was replaced with nitrogen gas, and it was briefly replaced with nitrogen gas.). Therein, methanesulfonic acid (630 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C overnight. After the mixture was allowed to cool, it was added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour. The resulting solid was separated by filtration and washed with heated acetonitrile. The solid after washing was dissolved in acetone, and the solid was recrystallized from the obtained acetone solution, followed by filtration. The obtained solid (62.7 g), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]-p-toluenesulfonate (86.3 g), potassium carbonate (62.6 g) and 18-crown- 6 (7.2 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (670 mL), and the solution was transferred to a flask and stirred at 105 ° C overnight. After the resulting mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, ice water was added and stirred for 1 hour. Chloroform (300 mL) was added to the reaction mixture for liquid separation extraction. After concentrating the solution, 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2- [2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Compound A) (51.2 g).

[參考例2] [Reference Example 2]

2,7-雙(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧雜硼雜環戊烷-2-基)-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(化合物B)之合成 2,7-bis(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl- Synthesis of 4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Compound B)

氮氣氛圍環境下,將(化合物A)(15g)、雙(頻那醇酯)二硼(8.9g)、[1,1’-雙(二苯基膦)二茂鐵]二氯鈀(II)二氯甲烷錯合物(0.8g)、1,1’-雙(二苯基膦基)二茂鐵(0.5g)、醋酸鉀(9.4g)、二噁烷(400mL)混合,加熱至110℃後,使其加熱迴流10小時。放冷後,將反應液過濾,以減壓濃縮濾液。以甲醇清洗反應混合物3次。使沉澱物溶解於甲苯中,在溶液中加入活性碳,攪拌。然後,進行過濾分離,使濾液減壓濃縮後,即得2,7-雙(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧雜硼雜環戊烷-2-基)-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(化合物B)(11.7g)。 Under the nitrogen atmosphere, (Compound A) (15g), bis(pinacol ester) diboron (8.9g), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium (II) Mixing dichloromethane complex (0.8g), 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.5g), potassium acetate (9.4g), dioxane (400mL), heated to After 110 ° C, it was heated to reflux for 10 hours. After allowing to cool, the reaction liquid was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was washed 3 times with methanol. The precipitate was dissolved in toluene, activated carbon was added to the solution, and stirred. Then, filtration and separation are carried out, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2,7-bis(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- -9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Compound B) ( 11.7g).

[參考例3] [Reference Example 3]

聚[9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀](聚合物A)之合成 Poly[9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-anthracene] (Polymer A) Synthesis

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物A(0.55g)、化合物B(0.61g)、三苯基膦鈀(0.01g)、甲基三辛基氯化銨(Aldrich製,商品名:Aliquat336(註冊商標))(0.20g)及甲苯(10mL)混合後,加熱至105℃。在此反應液中滴下2M碳酸鈉溶液(6mL),使其迴流8小時。在反應液中加入4-第三丁基苯基硼酸(0.01g),使其迴流6小時。接著,加入二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液(10mL,濃度:0.05g/mL),攪拌2小時。將混合溶液滴入甲醇300mL中,攪拌1小時之後,將析出的沉澱過濾,使其減壓乾燥2小時後,溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將所得的溶液滴入甲醇120mL、3重量%醋酸水溶液50mL的混合溶劑中,攪拌30分鐘之後,將析出的沉澱過濾後,可得固體。將所得的固體溶解於四氫呋喃中,以通入氧化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱精製。將由管柱回收的四氫呋喃溶液濃縮之後,滴入甲醇(200mL)中,過濾析出的固體,使其乾燥。所得的聚[9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀](聚合物A(BSAFEGP))之產量為 520mg。 Compound A (0.55 g), Compound B (0.61 g), triphenylphosphine palladium (0.01 g), and methyltrioctyl ammonium chloride (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark) under an inert gas atmosphere After mixing (0.20 g) and toluene (10 mL), the mixture was heated to 105 °C. 2M sodium carbonate solution (6 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 8 hours. 4-tert-Butylphenylboronic acid (0.01 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. Next, an aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (10 mL, concentration: 0.05 g/mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The mixed solution was added dropwise to 300 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the precipitate which precipitated was filtered, dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, and then dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of 120 mL of methanol and 50 mL of a 3 wt% aqueous acetic acid solution, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then the deposited precipitate was filtered to obtain a solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and purified by passing through an alumina column and a gel column. After concentrating the tetrahydrofuran solution recovered from the column, it was added dropwise to methanol (200 mL), and the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. The resulting poly[9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-anthracene] (polymer) The yield of A(BSAFEGP)) is 520mg.

聚合物A換算聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為5.2×104。聚合物A是由式(A)表示的重複單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer A-converted polystyrene was 5.2 × 10 4 . The polymer A is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (A).

[實驗例1] [Experimental Example 1] 聚合物A銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer A sulfonium salt

將聚合物A(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。添加四氫呋喃(20 mL)及乙醇(20 mL)後,將混合物昇溫至55℃。在其中,添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(200mg)的水溶液,於55℃攪拌6小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後,可得淡黃色的固體(150mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物A內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物A之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物1。共軛高分子化合物1是由式(B)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為100莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物1的HOMO之軌道能為-5.5eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.7eV。 Polymer A (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After adding tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and ethanol (20 mL), the mixture was warmed to 55 °C. Thereto, an aqueous solution in which barium hydroxide (200 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 6 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (150 mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer A had completely disappeared. The obtained sulfonium salt of the polymer A is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 1. The conjugated polymer compound 1 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (B) ("in the entire repeating unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 100% by mole.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 1 was -5.5 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.7 eV.

[實驗例2] [Experimental Example 2] 聚合物A鉀鹽之合成 Synthesis of Polymer A Potassium Salt

將聚合物A(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。添加四氫呋喃(20mL)及甲醇(10mL)混合後,在混合溶液中,添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化鉀(400mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌1小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇50mL,並在65℃攪拌4小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後,可得淡黃色的固體(131mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物A內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號完全消失。將所得的聚合物A之鉀鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物2。共軛高分子化合物2是由式(C)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為100莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物2的HOMO之軌道能為-5.5eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.7eV。 Polymer A (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After adding tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (10 mL), an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (400 mg) dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 1 hour. 50 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (131mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer A completely disappeared. The obtained potassium salt of the polymer A is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 2. The conjugated polymer compound 2 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (C) ("in the entire repeating unit, the group containing the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 100% by mole.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 2 was -5.5 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.7 eV.

[實驗例3] [Experimental Example 3] 聚合物A鈉鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer A sodium salt

將聚合物A(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。混合四氫呋喃(20mL)及甲醇(10 mL)後,在混合溶液中,添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化鈉(260mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌1小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇30mL,並在65℃攪拌4小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後,可得淡黃色的固體(123mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物A內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物A之鈉鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物3。共軛高分子化合物3是由式(D)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為100莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物3的HOMO之軌道能為-5.6eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.8eV。 Polymer A (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After mixing tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (10 mL), an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (260 mg) dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 1 hour. 30 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (123 mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer A had completely disappeared. The obtained sodium salt of the polymer A is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 3. The conjugated polymer compound 3 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) ("in the whole repeating unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 100% by mole.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 3 was -5.6 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.8 eV.

[實驗例4] [Experimental Example 4] 聚合物A銨鹽之合成 Synthesis of Polymer A Ammonium Salt

將聚合物A(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。 混合四氫呋喃(20mL)及甲醇(15mL)後,在混合溶液中,添加已在水(1mL)中溶解四甲基氫氧化銨(50mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌6小時。在反應溶液中,添加已在水(1mL)中溶解四甲基氫氧化銨(50mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌4小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後,可得淡黃色的固體(150mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物A內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已消失90%。將所得的聚合物A之銨鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物4。共軛高分子化合物4是由式(E)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為90莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物4的HOMO之軌道能為-5.6eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.8eV。 Polymer A (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After mixing tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (15 mL), an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (50 mg) dissolved in water (1 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 6 hours. An aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (50 mg) dissolved in water (1 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (150 mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer A had disappeared by 90%. The obtained ammonium salt of the polymer A is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 4. The conjugated polymer compound 4 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (E) ("in the whole repeating unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 90% by mole.). The HOMO orbital energy of the conjugated polymer compound 4 was -5.6 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.8 eV.

[參考例4] [Reference Example 4]

2,7-雙[7-(4-甲基苯基)-9,9-二辛基茀-2-基]-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(聚合物B)之合成 2,7-bis[7-(4-methylphenyl)-9,9-dioctylindol-2-yl]-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2 Synthesis of -(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Polymer B)

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物A(0.52g)、2,7-雙 (1,3,2-二氧雜硼雜環戊烷-2-基)9,9-二辛基茀(1.29g)、三苯基膦鈀(0.0087g)、甲基三辛基氯化銨(Aldrich製,商品名:Aliquat336(註冊商標))(0.20g)、甲苯(10mL)及2M碳酸鈉溶液(10mL)混合後,加熱至80℃。使反應液反應3.5小時。然後,在其中加入對溴甲苯(0.68g),再使其反應2.5小時。反應後,將反應液冷卻至室溫,加入醋酸乙酯50mL/蒸餾水50mL,去除水層。再加入蒸餾水50mL,去除水層之後,加入硫酸鎂作為乾燥劑,將不溶物過濾後,去除有機溶劑。然後,使殘渣再溶於THF10 mL中,添加飽和二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液2mL,攪拌30分鐘之後,去除有機溶劑。通入氧化鋁管柱(展開溶劑己烷:醋酸乙酯=1:1,v/v)進行精製,將析出的沉澱過濾後,經12小時的減壓乾燥後,可得2,7-雙[7-(4-甲基苯基)-9,9-二辛基茀-2-基]-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(聚合物B)524mg。 Compound A (0.52g), 2,7-double under inert gas atmosphere (1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)9,9-dioctylfluorene (1.29 g), triphenylphosphine palladium (0.0087 g), methyltrioctyl chloride Ammonium (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark)) (0.20 g), toluene (10 mL), and 2M sodium carbonate solution (10 mL) were mixed, and then heated to 80 °C. The reaction solution was allowed to react for 3.5 hours. Then, p-bromotoluene (0.68 g) was added thereto, and the mixture was further reacted for 2.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and 50 mL of ethyl acetate / 50 mL of distilled water was added, and the aqueous layer was removed. Further, 50 mL of distilled water was added to remove the aqueous layer, and then magnesium sulfate was added as a desiccant, and the insoluble matter was filtered, and then the organic solvent was removed. Then, the residue was redissolved in 10 mL of THF, and 2 mL of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then the organic solvent was removed. It is purified by passing through an alumina column (expanded solvent hexane: ethyl acetate = 1:1, v/v), and the precipitate precipitated is filtered, and after drying under reduced pressure for 12 hours, 2,7-double is obtained. [7-(4-Methylphenyl)-9,9-dioctylindol-2-yl]-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-A) Oxyethoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Polymer B) 524 mg.

聚合物B換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為2.0×103。而且,聚合物B是以式(F)表示。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer B in terms of polystyrene was 2.0 × 10 3 . Moreover, the polymer B is represented by the formula (F).

[實驗例5] [Experimental Example 5] 聚合物B銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer B sulfonium salt

將聚合物B(262mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氬氣。在其中,添加四氫呋喃(10 mL)及甲醇(15 mL)後,將混合 物昇溫至55℃。在其中,添加已在水(1mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(341mg)的水溶液,於55℃攪拌5小時。將所得的混合物冷卻至室溫之後,減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(250mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物A內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物B之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物5。共軛高分子化合物5是由式(G)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,將小數第二位四捨五入後為33.3莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物5的HOMO之軌道能為-5.6eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.6eV。 Polymer B (262 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with argon. After adding tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and methanol (15 mL), it will be mixed. The temperature was raised to 55 °C. Thereto, an aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (341 mg) was dissolved in water (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 5 hours. After the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (250 mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer A had completely disappeared. The obtained bismuth salt of the polymer B is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 5. The conjugated polymer compound 5 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (G) ("in the entire repeating unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units, which is rounded off to 23.3 m% after the second decimal place.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 5 was -5.6 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.6 eV.

[參考例5] [Reference Example 5] 聚合物C之合成 Synthesis of polymer C

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物A(0.40g)、化合物B(0.49g)、N,N’-雙(4-溴苯基)-N,N’-雙(4-第三丁基-2,6-二甲基苯基)1,4-伸苯二胺(35mg)、三苯基膦鈀(8mg)、甲基三辛基氯化銨(Aldrich製,商品名:Aliquat336(註冊商標))(0.20g)及甲苯(10mL)混合後,加熱至105℃。在此反應液中滴入2M碳酸鈉水溶液(6mL),使其迴流8小時。 在反應液中加入苯基硼酸(0.01g),使其迴流6小時。其次,加入二乙基二代胺基甲酸鈉(10mL,濃度0.05g/mL),攪拌2小時。將混合溶液滴入甲醇300mL中,攪拌1小時之後,將析出的沉澱過濾,使其減壓乾燥2小時,溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將所得的溶液滴入甲醇120mL、3重量%醋酸水溶液50mL的混合溶劑中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱,溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將由此所得的溶液滴入甲醇200mL中,攪拌30分鐘之後,過濾析出的沉澱後可得固體。將所得的固體溶解於四氫呋喃中,以通入氧化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱精製。將由管柱回收的四氫呋喃溶液濃縮之後,滴入甲醇(200mL)中,將固體過濾析出,使其乾燥。所得的聚合物C之產量為526mg。 Compound A (0.40 g), Compound B (0.49 g), N,N'-bis(4-bromophenyl)-N,N'-bis(4-tert-butyl-2) under an inert atmosphere ,6-Dimethylphenyl)1,4-phenylenediamine (35 mg), triphenylphosphine palladium (8 mg), methyltrioctyl ammonium chloride (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark) (0.20 g) and toluene (10 mL) were mixed and heated to 105 °C. A 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 8 hr. Phenylboronic acid (0.01 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. Next, sodium diethyldiaminocarbamate (10 mL, concentration 0.05 g/mL) was added and stirred for 2 hours. The mixed solution was added dropwise to 300 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the precipitate which precipitated was filtered, dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of 120 mL of methanol and 50 mL of a 3% by weight aqueous acetic acid solution, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the deposited precipitate was filtered and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The solution thus obtained was added dropwise to 200 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the deposited precipitate was filtered to obtain a solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and purified by passing through an alumina column and a gel column. After concentrating the tetrahydrofuran solution recovered from the column, it was added dropwise to methanol (200 mL), and the solid was filtered and dried. The yield of the obtained polymer C was 526 mg.

聚合物C換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為3.6×104。而且,聚合物C是以式(H)表示的結構單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer C in terms of polystyrene was 3.6 × 10 4 . Further, the polymer C is formed by a structural unit represented by the formula (H).

而且,N,N’-雙(4-溴苯基)-N,N’-雙(4-第三丁基-2,6-二甲基苯基)1,4-伸苯二胺可以例如日本特開2008-74017號公報中所述之方法合成。 Further, N,N'-bis(4-bromophenyl)-N,N'-bis(4-tert-butyl-2,6-dimethylphenyl)1,4-phenylene diamine can be, for example The method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2008-74017 is synthesized.

[實驗例6] [Experimental Example 6] 聚合物C銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer C strontium salt

將聚合物C(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮 氣。添加四氫呋喃(20 mL)及甲醇(20mL)後混合。在混合溶液中添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(200mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌1小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇30mL,並於65℃攪拌4小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(150mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物C內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物C之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物6。共軛高分子化合物6是由式(I)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為95莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物6的HOMO之軌道能為-5.3eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.6eV。 Polymer C (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. gas. Tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (20 mL) were added and mixed. An aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (200 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 1 hour. 30 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (150 mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer C had completely disappeared. The obtained sulfonium salt of the polymer C is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 6. The conjugated polymer compound 6 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (I) ("in the entire repeat unit, the group containing the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 95% by mole.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 6 was -5.3 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.6 eV.

[參考例6] [Reference Example 6] 聚合物D之合成 Synthesis of polymer D

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物A(0.55g)、化合物B(0.67g)、N,N’-雙(4-溴苯基)-N,N’-雙(4-第三丁基-2,6-二甲基苯基)1,4-伸苯二胺(0.038g)、3,7-二溴-N-(4-正丁基苯基)吩噁嗪(0.009g)、三苯基膦鈀(0.01g)、甲 基三辛基氯化銨(Aldrich製,商品名:Aliquat336(註冊商標))(0.20g)及甲苯(10mL)混合後,加熱至105℃。在此反應液中滴下2M碳酸鈉水溶液(6mL),使其迴流2小時。在此反應液中加入苯基硼酸(0.004g),使其迴流6小時。接著,加入二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液(10mL,濃度:0.05g/mL),攪拌2小時。將混合溶液滴入甲醇300mL中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱,使其減壓乾燥2小時,並溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將所得的溶液滴入甲醇200mL、3重量%醋酸水溶液50mL的混合溶劑中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱後,溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將由此而得的溶液滴入甲醇200mL中,攪拌30分鐘之後,過濾析出的沉澱後可得固體。將所得的固體溶解於四氫呋喃中,以通入氧化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱精製。將由管柱回收的四氫呋喃溶液濃縮之後,滴入甲醇(200mL)中,過濾析出的固體,使其乾燥。所得的聚合物D之產量為590mg。 Compound A (0.55 g), Compound B (0.67 g), N,N'-bis(4-bromophenyl)-N,N'-bis(4-tert-butyl-2) under an inert atmosphere ,6-Dimethylphenyl)1,4-phenylenediamine (0.038g), 3,7-dibromo-N-(4-n-butylphenyl)phenoxazine (0.009g), triphenyl Phosphine palladium (0.01g), A The mixture was mixed with trioctyl ammonium chloride (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark)) (0.20 g) and toluene (10 mL), and then heated to 105 °C. A 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 2 hr. Phenylboronic acid (0.004 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. Next, an aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (10 mL, concentration: 0.05 g/mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The mixed solution was added dropwise to 300 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the precipitate which precipitated was filtered, dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of 200 mL of methanol and 50 mL of a 3% by weight aqueous acetic acid solution, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the deposited precipitate was filtered and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The thus obtained solution was added dropwise to 200 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the deposited precipitate was filtered to obtain a solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and purified by passing through an alumina column and a gel column. After concentrating the tetrahydrofuran solution recovered from the column, it was added dropwise to methanol (200 mL), and the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. The yield of the obtained polymer D was 590 mg.

聚合物D換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為2.7×104。而且,聚合物D是由式(J)表示的重複單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer D in terms of polystyrene was 2.7 × 10 4 . Further, the polymer D is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (J).

而且,3,7-二溴-N-(4-正丁基苯基)吩噁嗪是以日本特開2004-137456號公報中所述之方法合成。 Further, 3,7-dibromo-N-(4-n-butylphenyl)phenoxazine was synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2004-137456.

[實驗例7] [Experimental Example 7] 聚合物D銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer D sulfonium salt

將聚合物D(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。混合四氫呋喃(15 mL)及甲醇(10mL)後。在混合溶液中添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(360mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌3小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇10mL,並於65℃攪拌4小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,以減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(210mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物D內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物D之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物7。共軛高分子化合物7是由式(K)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為95莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物7的HOMO之軌道能為-5.3eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.4eV。 Polymer D (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After mixing tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) with methanol (10 mL). An aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (360 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 3 hours. 10 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (210 mg). From the NMR spectrum, it was confirmed that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer D had completely disappeared. The obtained sulfonium salt of the polymer D is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 7. The conjugated polymer compound 7 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (K) ("in the entire repeat unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 95% by mole.). The HOMO orbital energy of the conjugated polymer compound 7 was -5.3 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.4 eV.

[參考例7] [Reference Example 7] 聚合物E之合成 Synthesis of polymer E

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物A(0.37g)、化合物B(0.82g)、1,3-二溴苯(0.09g)、三苯基膦鈀(0.01g)、甲基 三辛基氯化銨(Aldrich製,商品名:Aliquat336(註冊商標))(0.20g)及甲苯(10mL)混合後,加熱至105℃。在此反應液中滴下2M碳酸鈉水溶液(6mL),使其迴流7小時。在此反應液中加入苯基硼酸(0.002g),使其迴流10小時。接著,加入二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液(10mL,濃度:0.05g/mL),攪拌1小時。將混合溶液滴入甲醇300mL中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱,使其減壓乾燥2小時,並溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將所得的溶液滴入甲醇120mL、3重量%醋酸水溶液50mL的混合溶劑中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱後,溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將由此而得的溶液滴入甲醇200mL中,攪拌30分鐘之後,過濾析出的沉澱後可得固體。將所得的固體溶解於四氫呋喃中,以通入氧化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱精製。將由管柱回收的四氫呋喃溶液濃縮之後,滴入甲醇(200mL)中,過濾析出的固體,使其乾燥。所得的聚合物E之產量為293mg。 Compound A (0.37 g), Compound B (0.82 g), 1,3-dibromobenzene (0.09 g), triphenylphosphine palladium (0.01 g), methyl group under an inert atmosphere Trioctyl ammonium chloride (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark)) (0.20 g) and toluene (10 mL) were mixed and heated to 105 °C. A 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 7 hr. Phenylboronic acid (0.002 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 10 hours. Next, an aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (10 mL, concentration: 0.05 g/mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixed solution was added dropwise to 300 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the precipitate which precipitated was filtered, dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of 120 mL of methanol and 50 mL of a 3 wt% aqueous acetic acid solution, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the deposited precipitate was filtered, and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The thus obtained solution was added dropwise to 200 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the deposited precipitate was filtered to obtain a solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and purified by passing through an alumina column and a gel column. After concentrating the tetrahydrofuran solution recovered from the column, it was added dropwise to methanol (200 mL), and the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. The yield of the obtained polymer E was 293 mg.

聚合物E換算聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為1.8×104。聚合物E是由式(L)表示的重複單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer E-converted polystyrene was 1.8 × 10 4 . The polymer E is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (L).

[實驗例8] [Experimental Example 8] 聚合物E銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer E sulfonium salt

將聚合物E(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。混合四氫呋喃(10mL)及甲醇(5mL)。在混合溶液中添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(200mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌2小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇10mL,並於65℃攪拌5小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,以減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(170mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物E內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物E之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物8。共軛高分子化合物8是由式(M)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為75莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物8的HOMO之軌道能為-5.6eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.6eV。 Polymer E (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. Tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and methanol (5 mL) were combined. An aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (200 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 2 hours. 10 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 5 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (170 mg). From the NMR spectrum, it was confirmed that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer E had completely disappeared. The obtained sulfonium salt of the polymer E is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 8. The conjugated polymer compound 8 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (M) ("in the entire repeat unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is, at 75 mol%.). The HOMO orbital energy of the conjugated polymer compound 8 was -5.6 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.6 eV.

[參考例8] [Reference Example 8] 聚合物F之合成 Synthesis of polymer F

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物B(1.01g)、1,4-二溴-2,3,5,6-四氟苯(0.30g)、三苯基膦鈀(0.02g)、甲基三辛 基氯化銨(Aldrich製,商品名:Aliquat336(註冊商標))(0.20g)及甲苯(10mL)混合後,加熱至105℃。在此反應液中滴下2M碳酸鈉水溶液(6mL),使其迴流4小時。在此反應液中加入苯基硼酸(0.002g),使其迴流4小時。接著,加入二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液(10mL,濃度:0.05g/mL),攪拌1小時。將混合溶液滴入甲醇300mL中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱,使其減壓乾燥2小時,並溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將所得的溶液滴入甲醇120mL、3重量%醋酸水溶液50mL的混合溶劑中,攪拌1小時之後,過濾析出的沉澱、溶解於四氫呋喃20mL中。將由此而得的溶液滴入甲醇200mL中,攪拌30分鐘之後,過濾析出的沉澱後可得固體。將所得的固體溶解於四氫呋喃/醋酸乙酯(1/1(體積比))之混合溶劑中,以通入氧化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱精製。將由管柱回收的四氫呋喃溶液濃縮之後,滴入甲醇(200 mL)中,過濾析出的固體,使其乾燥。所得的聚合物E之產量為343mg。 Compound B (1.01 g), 1,4-dibromo-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorobenzene (0.30 g), triphenylphosphine palladium (0.02 g), methyl three under an inert atmosphere Xin After mixing ammonium chloride (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark)) (0.20 g) and toluene (10 mL), the mixture was heated to 105 °C. A 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 4 hr. Phenylboronic acid (0.002 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 4 hours. Next, an aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (10 mL, concentration: 0.05 g/mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixed solution was added dropwise to 300 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 1 hour, the precipitate which precipitated was filtered, dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of 120 mL of methanol and 50 mL of a 3% by weight aqueous acetic acid solution, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the deposited precipitate was filtered and dissolved in 20 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The thus obtained solution was added dropwise to 200 mL of methanol, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the deposited precipitate was filtered to obtain a solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran/ethyl acetate (1/1 (volume ratio)), and passed through an alumina column and a gel column. After concentrating the tetrahydrofuran solution recovered from the column, it was added dropwise to methanol (200 mL), and the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. The yield of the obtained polymer E was 343 mg.

聚合物F換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為6.0×104。而且,聚合物F是由式(N)表示的重複單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer F in terms of polystyrene was 6.0 × 10 4 . Further, the polymer F is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (N).

[實驗例9] [Experimental Example 9] 聚合物F銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer F strontium salt

將聚合物F(150mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。混合四氫呋喃(10 mL)及甲醇(5mL)。在混合溶液中添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(260mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌2小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇10mL,再於65℃攪拌5小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,以減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(130mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物F內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物F之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物9。共軛高分子化合物9是由式(0)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為75莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物9的HOMO之軌道能為-5.9eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.8eV。 Polymer F (150 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. Tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and methanol (5 mL) were combined. An aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (260 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 2 hours. 10 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, followed by stirring at 65 ° C for 5 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (130 mg). From the NMR spectrum, it was confirmed that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer F had completely disappeared. The obtained phosphonium salt of the polymer F is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 9. The conjugated polymer compound 9 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (0) ("in the entire repeat unit, the group containing the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is, at 75 mol%.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 9 was -5.9 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.8 eV.

[參考例9] [Reference Example 9]

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]-對-甲苯磺酸酯(11.0g)、三乙二醇(30.0g)、氫氧化鈣 (3.3g)混合後,於100℃加熱攪拌18小時。放冷後,將反應溶液加入水(100mL)中,以氯仿進行分液萃取,將溶液濃縮。將濃縮溶液進行Kugelrchr蒸餾(10mmTorr,180℃)後,可得2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)乙醇(6.1g)。 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]-p-toluenesulfonate (11.0g), triethylene glycol (30.0g), calcium hydroxide under inert atmosphere (3.3 g) After mixing, the mixture was stirred under heating at 100 ° C for 18 hours. After allowing to cool, the reaction solution was added to water (100 mL), and the mixture was extracted with chloroform and concentrated. After subjecting the concentrated solution to Kugelrchr distillation (10 mm Torr, 180 ° C), 2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-) Ethoxy)-ethoxy)ethanol (6.1 g).

[參考例10] [Reference Example 10]

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)乙醇(8.0g)、氫氧化鈉(1.4g)、蒸餾水(2mL)、四氫呋喃(2mL)混合後,水冷。在混合溶液中以30分鐘滴下對-甲苯磺醯氯(5.5g)的四氫呋喃(6.4mL)溶液,滴下後將反應液昇溫至室溫,攪拌15小時。在反應溶液中加入蒸餾水(50mL),以6M硫酸中和反應溶液之後,以氯仿進行分液萃取。將溶液濃縮後,可得2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)對-甲苯磺酸酯(11.8g)。 2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy) in an inert atmosphere Ethanol (8.0 g), sodium hydroxide (1.4 g), distilled water (2 mL), and tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) were mixed and then water-cooled. To the mixed solution, a solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (5.5 g) in tetrahydrofuran (6.4 mL) was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and the mixture was evaporated to room temperature and stirred for 15 hours. Distilled water (50 mL) was added to the reaction solution, and the reaction solution was neutralized with 6 M sulfuric acid, followed by liquid separation extraction with chloroform. After concentrating the solution, 2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)) p-Tosylate (11.8 g).

[參考例11] [Reference Example 11]

2,7-二溴-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)乙氧基]苯基]-茀(化合物C)之合成 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)) Synthesis of -ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Compound C)

將2,7-二溴-9-茀(127.9g)、水楊酸乙酯(375.2g)及硫醇醋酸(3.5g)放入300mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。在其中,添加甲烷磺酸(1,420mL)後,於75℃攪拌混合物過夜。將混合物放冷後,加入冰水中攪拌1小時。將生成的固體過濾分離,以加熱的乙腈清洗。使清洗後的該固體溶解於 丙酮中,使固體由所得的丙酮溶液再結晶,過濾分離後可得固體(167.8g)。使所得的固體(5g)、2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-對-甲苯磺酸酯(10.4g)、碳酸鉀(5.3g)及18-冠-6(0.6g)溶解於N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)(100mL)中,將溶液移入燒瓶中,於105℃攪拌4小時。將所得的混合物放冷至室溫後,加入冰水中攪拌1小時。在反應液中加入氯仿(300mL)進行分液萃取,將溶液濃縮。使濃縮物溶解於醋酸乙酯中,通液至氧化鋁管柱後,將溶液濃縮,即得2,7-二溴-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)-乙氧基)乙氧基]苯基]-茀(化合物C)(4.5g)。 2,7-Dibromo-9-indole (127.9 g), ethyl salicylate (375.2 g) and mercaptan acetate (3.5 g) were placed in a 300 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After the addition of methanesulfonic acid (1,420 mL), the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C overnight. After the mixture was allowed to cool, it was added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour. The resulting solid was separated by filtration and washed with heated acetonitrile. Dissolving the solid after washing The solid was recrystallized from the obtained acetone solution in acetone, and a solid (167.8 g) was obtained by filtration. The obtained solid (5 g), 2-(2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy) )-p-toluenesulfonate (10.4g), potassium carbonate (5.3g) and 18-crown-6 (0.6g) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (100mL), The solution was transferred to a flask and stirred at 105 ° C for 4 hours. After the resulting mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, it was added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour. Chloroform (300 mL) was added to the reaction mixture for liquid separation extraction, and the solution was concentrated. The concentrate is dissolved in ethyl acetate, and after passing through the column of alumina, the solution is concentrated to obtain 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-( 2-(2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl]-indole ( Compound C) (4.5 g).

[參考例12] [Reference Example 12] 聚合物G之合成 Synthesis of polymer G

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物C(1.0g)、4-第三丁基苯基溴化物(0.9mg)、2,2’-二吡啶(0.3g)、脫水四氫呋喃(50mL)加入200mL燒瓶中混合。將混合物昇溫至55℃之後,添加雙(1,5-環辛二烯)鎳(0.6g),於55℃中攪拌5小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,將反應溶液滴入甲醇 (200mL)、1N稀鹽酸(200mL)的混合液中。將生成的沉澱物過濾、收集之後,使其再溶解於四氫呋喃中。滴入甲醇(200mL)、15%氨水(100mL)的混合液中,過濾、收集生成的沉澱物。使沉澱物再溶解於四氫呋喃中,滴入甲醇(200mL)、水(100mL)的混合液中,過濾、收集生成的沉澱物。將收集的沉澱物減壓乾燥後,可得聚合物G(360mg)。 Compound C (1.0 g), 4-tert-butylphenyl bromide (0.9 mg), 2,2'-bipyridine (0.3 g), dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) were placed in a 200 mL flask under an inert atmosphere. mixing. After the mixture was heated to 55 ° C, bis(1,5-cyclooctadiene)nickel (0.6 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 5 hours. After cooling the mixture to room temperature, the reaction solution was dropped into methanol. A mixture of (200 mL) and 1 N diluted hydrochloric acid (200 mL). The resulting precipitate was filtered, collected, and redissolved in tetrahydrofuran. A mixed liquid of methanol (200 mL) and 15% aqueous ammonia (100 mL) was added dropwise, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. The precipitate was redissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and a mixture of methanol (200 mL) and water (100 mL) was added dropwise, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration. After the collected precipitate was dried under reduced pressure, a polymer G (360 mg) was obtained.

聚合物G換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為6.0×104。而且,聚合物G是由式(P)表示的重複單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer G in terms of polystyrene was 6.0 × 10 4 . Further, the polymer G is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (P).

[實驗例10] [Experimental Example 10] 聚合物G銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer G strontium salt

將聚合物G(150mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。混合四氫呋喃(15mL)及甲醇(5mL)。在混合溶液中添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(170mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌6小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,以減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(95mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物G內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物G之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物10。共軛高分子化合物10是由式(Q)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基 與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為100莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物10的HOMO之軌道能為-5.7eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.9eV。 Polymer G (150 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. Tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and methanol (5 mL) were combined. An aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (170 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 6 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (95 mg). It was confirmed by NMR spectrum that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer G had completely disappeared. The obtained sulfonium salt of the polymer G is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 10. The conjugated polymer compound 10 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (Q) ("in the entire repeat unit, one containing a group selected from the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) More than one The ratio of the repeating unit of the one or more types of bases represented by the formula (3) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (13), the formula (15), the formula (17), and the formula (20) among the total repeat units The ratio is 100% by mole. ). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 10 was -5.7 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.9 eV.

[參考例13] [Reference Example 13]

1,3-二溴-5-乙氧羰基-6-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯之合成 Synthesis of 1,3-dibromo-5-ethoxycarbonyl-6-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]benzene

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將3,5-二溴水楊酸(20g)、乙醇(17 mL)、濃硫酸(1.5mL)、甲苯(7mL)混合後,於130℃中加熱攪拌20小時。放冷後,將反應溶液加入冰水(100 mL)中,以氯仿進行分液萃取,將溶液濃縮。使所得的固體溶解於異丙醇中,將溶液滴入蒸餾水中。將所得的析出物過濾分離後,可得固體(18g)。在惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將所得的固體(1g)、2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]-對-甲苯磺酸酯(1.5g)、碳酸鉀(0.7g)及DMF(15mL)混合後,於100℃加熱攪拌4小時。放冷後,加入氯仿進行分液萃取,將溶液濃縮。使濃縮物溶解於氯仿中,通液至矽膠管柱精製。將溶液濃縮,即得1,3-二溴-5-乙氧羰基-6-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯(1.0g)。 3,5-dibromosalic acid (20 g), ethanol (17 mL), concentrated sulfuric acid (1.5 mL), and toluene (7 mL) were mixed under an inert atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 130 ° C for 20 hours. After allowing to cool, the reaction solution was added to ice water (100 mL), and the mixture was extracted with chloroform and concentrated. The obtained solid was dissolved in isopropyl alcohol, and the solution was dropped into distilled water. After the obtained precipitate was separated by filtration, a solid (18 g) was obtained. The obtained solid (1 g), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]-p-toluenesulfonate (1.5 g), potassium carbonate (0.7 g) under an inert atmosphere. After mixing with DMF (15 mL), the mixture was heated and stirred at 100 ° C for 4 hours. After allowing to cool, chloroform was added for liquid separation extraction, and the solution was concentrated. The concentrate was dissolved in chloroform and passed through a gel column for purification. The solution was concentrated to give 1,3-dibromo-5-ethoxycarbonyl-6-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]benzene (1.0 g).

[參考例14] [Reference Example 14] 聚合物H之合成 Synthesis of polymer H

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物A(0.2g)、化合物B(0.5g)、1,3-二溴-5-乙基羰基-6-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯(0.1g)、三苯基膦鈀(30mg)、四丁基溴化銨(4mg)及甲苯(19mL)混合後,加熱至105℃。在此反應液中滴下2M碳酸鈉水溶液(5mL),使其迴流5小時。在反應液中加入苯基硼酸(6mg),使其迴流14小時。接著,在反應液中加入二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液(10mL,濃度:0.05g/mL),攪拌2小時。去除水層後以蒸餾水清洗有機層,濃縮後將所得的固體溶解於氯仿中,以通入氧化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱進行精製。將由管柱的溶出液濃縮、乾燥。所得的聚合物H之產量為0.44g。 Compound A (0.2 g), Compound B (0.5 g), 1,3-dibromo-5-ethylcarbonyl-6-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy) under an inert atmosphere Ethoxy]ethoxy]benzene (0.1 g), triphenylphosphine palladium (30 mg), tetrabutylammonium bromide (4 mg) and toluene (19 mL) were mixed and heated to 105 °C. A 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (5 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hr. Phenylboronic acid (6 mg) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 14 hr. Next, an aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (10 mL, concentration: 0.05 g/mL) was added to the reaction mixture, followed by stirring for 2 hours. After removing the water layer, the organic layer was washed with distilled water, and after concentration, the obtained solid was dissolved in chloroform, and passed through an alumina column and a rubber tube column for purification. The eluate from the column is concentrated and dried. The yield of the obtained polymer H was 0.44 g.

聚合物H換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為3.6×104。聚合物H是由式(R)表示的重複單位形成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer H in terms of polystyrene was 3.6 × 10 4 . The polymer H is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (R).

[實驗例11] [Experimental Example 11] 聚合物H銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer H sulfonium salt

將聚合物H(200mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。混合四氫呋喃(14mL)及甲醇(7mL)。在混合溶液中添加已在水(1mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(90mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪 拌1小時。在反應溶液中加入甲醇5mL,並於65℃攪拌4小時。將混合物冷卻至室溫之後,以減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,使其減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(190mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自聚合物H內的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物H之銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物11。共軛高分子化合物11是由式(S)表示的重複單位形成(「全重複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,為100莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物11的HOMO之軌道能為-5.6eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.8eV。 Polymer H (200 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. Tetrahydrofuran (14 mL) and methanol (7 mL) were combined. An aqueous solution in which cesium hydroxide (90 mg) was dissolved in water (1 mL) was added to the mixed solution, and stirred at 65 ° C Mix for 1 hour. 5 mL of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C for 4 hours. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (190 mg). From the NMR spectrum, it was confirmed that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer H had completely disappeared. The obtained phosphonium salt of the polymer H is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 11. The conjugated polymer compound 11 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (S) ("in the entire repeat unit, the group containing the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2)) Formula (13), Formula (15), Formula (17), and Formula (20) are represented by "the ratio of the above-mentioned group to the repeating unit of one or more kinds of groups represented by the formula (3)" and "all repeating units" The ratio of repeating units is 100% by mole.). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 11 was -5.6 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.8 eV.

[參考例15] [Reference Example 15]

2,7-二溴-9,9-雙[3,4-雙[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]-5-甲氧羰基苯基]-茀(化合物D)之合成 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis[3,4-bis[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]-5-methoxycarbonylphenyl] - Synthesis of hydrazine (Compound D)

將2,7-二溴-9-茀(34.1g)、2,3-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯(101.3g)及硫醇醋酸(1.4g)放入500mL的燒瓶中,置換成氮氣。在其中,添加甲烷磺酸(350mL)後,於90℃攪拌混合物19小時。將混合物放冷後,加入冰水中攪拌1小時。 將生成的固體過濾分離,以加熱的乙腈清洗。將清洗後的該固體溶解於丙酮中,使固體由所得的丙酮溶液再結晶,過濾分離。使所得的固體(16.3g)、2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)-乙氧基]-對-甲苯磺酸酯(60.3g)、碳酸鉀(48.6g)及18-冠-6(2.4g)溶解於N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)(500mL)中,將溶液移入燒瓶中,於110℃攪拌15小時。將所得的混合物放冷至室溫後,加入冰水中攪拌1小時。在反應液中加入醋酸乙酯(300mL)進行分液萃取,將溶液濃縮,使濃縮物溶解於氯仿/甲醇(50/1(體積比))的混合溶劑中,通入矽膠鋁管柱精製。將通液管柱後的溶液濃縮,即得2,7-二溴-9,9-雙[3,4-雙[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]-5-乙氧羰基苯基]-茀(化合物D)(20.5g)。 2,7-Dibromo-9-indole (34.1 g), 2,3-dihydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester (101.3 g) and thiol acetic acid (1.4 g) were placed in a 500 mL flask and replaced with nitrogen. After adding methanesulfonic acid (350 mL), the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 19 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool, it was added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour. The resulting solid was separated by filtration and washed with heated acetonitrile. The washed solid was dissolved in acetone, and the solid was recrystallized from the obtained acetone solution, and separated by filtration. The obtained solid (16.3 g), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-ethoxy]-p-toluenesulfonate (60.3 g), potassium carbonate (48.6 g) and 18-cr. -6 (2.4 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (500 mL), and the solution was transferred to a flask and stirred at 110 ° C for 15 hours. After the resulting mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, it was added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour. Ethyl acetate (300 mL) was added to the reaction mixture for liquid separation extraction, and the solution was concentrated, and the concentrate was dissolved in a mixed solvent of chloroform/methanol (50/1 (volume ratio)), and passed through a silica gel column. Concentrate the solution after the liquid column to obtain 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis[3,4-bis[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy] Oxy]-5-ethoxycarbonylphenyl]-indole (Compound D) (20.5 g).

[參考例16] [Reference Example 16]

2,7-雙[7-(4-甲基苯基)-9,9-二辛基茀-2-基]-9,9-雙[5-甲氧羰基-3,4-雙[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]茀(聚合物I)之合成 2,7-bis[7-(4-methylphenyl)-9,9-dioctylfluoren-2-yl]-9,9-bis[5-methoxycarbonyl-3,4-bis[2 Synthesis of [2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]anthracene (Polymer I)

惰性氣體氛圍環境下,將化合物D(0.70g)、2-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,2,3-二氧雜硼雜環戊烷-2-基)-9,9-二辛基茀(0.62g)、三苯基膦鈀(0.019g)、二噁烷(40mL)、水(6mL)及碳酸鉀水溶液(1.38g)混合後,加熱至80℃。使反應液反應1小時。反應後,添加飽和二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸鈉水溶液5mL,攪拌30分鐘之後,去除有機溶劑。使所得的固體通入氧化鋁管柱(展開溶劑己烷:醋酸乙酯=1:1(體積比))進行精製,將溶液濃縮後,可得2,7-雙[7-(4-甲基 苯基)-9,9-二辛基茀-2-基]-9,9-雙[3-乙氧羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧乙氧基)乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-茀(聚合物I)660mg。 Compound D (0.70 g), 2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,2,3-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-9 under an inert atmosphere 9-Dioctylhydrazine (0.62 g), triphenylphosphine palladium (0.019 g), dioxane (40 mL), water (6 mL) and aqueous potassium carbonate solution (1.38 g) were mixed and then heated to 80 °C. The reaction solution was allowed to react for 1 hour. After the reaction, 5 mL of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then the organic solvent was removed. The obtained solid was passed through an alumina column (developing solvent hexane: ethyl acetate = 1:1 (volume ratio)), and the solution was concentrated to obtain 2,7-bis[7-(4-A) base Phenyl)-9,9-dioctylindol-2-yl]-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy) Ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Polymer I) 660 mg.

聚合物I換算成聚苯乙烯的數平均分子量為2.0×103。聚合物I是以式(T)表示。而且,2-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,2,3-二氧雜硼雜環戊烷-2-基)-9,9-二辛基茀,可以例如日本特開2008-74017號公報中所述之方法合成。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer I in terms of polystyrene was 2.0 × 10 3 . The polymer I is represented by the formula (T). Further, 2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,2,3-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-9,9-dioctylfluorene may be, for example, a Japanese special The method described in the publication No. 2008-74017 is synthesized.

[實驗例12] [Experimental Example 12] 聚合物I銫鹽之合成 Synthesis of polymer I sulfonium salt

將聚合物I(236mg)放入100mL的燒瓶中,置換成氬氣。在其中,添加四氫呋喃(20mL)及甲醇(10mL)後,將混合物昇溫至65℃。在其中,添加已在水(2mL)中溶解氫氧化銫(240mg)的水溶液,於65℃攪拌7小時。將所得的混合物冷卻至室溫之後,以減壓餾去反應溶劑。以水清洗生成的固體,減壓乾燥後可得淡黃色的固體(190mg)。藉由NMR光譜,確認來自乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號已完全消失。將所得的聚合物I銫鹽稱為共軛高分子化合物12。共軛高分子化合物12是由式(U)表示的重複單位形成(「全重 複單位中,含有選自式(1)表示的基及式(2)表示的基所形成之群組中的1種以上的基與式(3)表示的1種以上的基之重複單位的比例」及「全重複單位之中,式(13)、式(15)、式(17)、式(20)表示的重複單位之比例」,以小數點第二位四捨五入後為33.3莫耳%。)。共軛高分子化合物12的HOMO之軌道能為-5.6eV、LUMO之軌道能為-2.8eV。(p.167) Polymer I (236 mg) was placed in a 100 mL flask and replaced with argon. After adding tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (10 mL), the mixture was warmed to 65 °C. Thereto, an aqueous solution in which barium hydroxide (240 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added, and stirred at 65 ° C for 7 hours. After the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (190 mg). From the NMR spectrum, it was confirmed that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester site completely disappeared. The obtained polymer I sulfonium salt is referred to as a conjugated polymer compound 12. The conjugated polymer compound 12 is formed by a repeating unit represented by the formula (U) ("all weight In the compound unit, one or more groups selected from the group consisting of the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2) and the repeating unit of one or more groups represented by the formula (3) "Proportion of repeating units expressed by formula (13), formula (15), formula (17), and formula (20)", "33.3 mol% after rounding off the second decimal place" . ). The orbital energy of HOMO of the conjugated polymer compound 12 was -5.6 eV, and the orbital energy of LUMO was -2.8 eV. (p.167)

1、1a、1b、1c、1d‧‧‧第1電極 1, 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d‧‧‧ first electrode

2、2a、2b、2c、2d‧‧‧第2電極 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d‧‧‧ second electrode

3、3a、3b、3c、3d‧‧‧取出電極 3, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d‧‧‧ take out the electrode

4‧‧‧發光單位 4‧‧‧Lighting units

5a、5b、5c、5d‧‧‧電洞注入層 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d‧‧‧ hole injection layer

6a、6b、6c、6d‧‧‧電洞輸送層 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d‧‧‧ hole transport layer

7a、7b、7c、7d‧‧‧發光層 7a, 7b, 7c, 7d‧‧‧ luminescent layer

8a、8b、8c、8d‧‧‧電子注入層 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d‧‧‧ electron injection layer

9a、9b、9c‧‧‧與陰極相同材料的導電性薄膜 9a, 9b, 9c‧‧‧ conductive film of the same material as the cathode

10a、10b、109c‧‧‧與陽極相同材料的導電性薄膜 10a, 10b, 109c‧‧‧ Conductive film of the same material as the anode

11‧‧‧驅動電路 11‧‧‧Drive circuit

第1圖表示有機EL元件結構之模式圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing the structure of an organic EL element.

第2圖表示有機EL元件結構之模式圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing the structure of an organic EL element.

第3圖表示有機EL元件結構之模式圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing the structure of an organic EL element.

第4圖表示有機EL元件結構之模式圖。 Fig. 4 is a schematic view showing the structure of an organic EL element.

第5圖表示有機EL元件結構之模式圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic view showing the structure of an organic EL element.

第6圖表示發光色之圖。 Figure 6 shows a diagram of the illuminating color.

1‧‧‧第1電極 1‧‧‧1st electrode

2‧‧‧第2電極 2‧‧‧2nd electrode

3‧‧‧取出電極 3‧‧‧Removing the electrode

4‧‧‧發光單位 4‧‧‧Lighting units

11‧‧‧驅動電路 11‧‧‧Drive circuit

Claims (8)

一種有機EL元件,包含第1電極;與第2電極;與在前述第1電極與前述第2電極之間所配置的1或是複數個的取出電極;與在前述第1電極、前述取出電極及前述第2電極中,相互相鄰之電極間各自配置之具有電子注入層與發光層之複數的發光單元;其中,前述電子注入層含有離子性聚合物。 An organic EL device comprising: a first electrode; a second electrode; and 1 or a plurality of extraction electrodes disposed between the first electrode and the second electrode; and the first electrode and the extraction electrode And in the second electrode, a plurality of light-emitting units having an electron injecting layer and a light-emitting layer disposed between the adjacent electrodes, wherein the electron injecting layer contains an ionic polymer. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之有機EL元件,其中,隔著前述取出電極之相鄰一對的前述發光單元,在一方的前述發光單元中,將前述第1電極作為基準的發光層與電子注入層的積層順序,為與在另一方的前述發光單元中之發光層與電子注入層的積層順序是不同。 The organic EL device according to claim 1, wherein the light-emitting layer of the adjacent one of the extraction electrodes is a light-emitting layer having the first electrode as a reference in one of the light-emitting units The order of lamination of the electron injecting layer is different from the order of lamination of the light emitting layer and the electron injecting layer in the other light emitting unit. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之有機EL元件,其中,在相互不同的發光單元中所設置的一對發光層,為放射相互不同顏色的光。 The organic EL device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pair of light-emitting layers provided in the mutually different light-emitting units emit light of mutually different colors. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項所述之有機EL元件,其中,在相互不同的發光單元中所設置的一對發光層,為放射相同顏色的光。 The organic EL device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pair of light-emitting layers provided in mutually different light-emitting units emit light of the same color. 一種照明裝置,包含申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項所述的有機EL元件。 An illuminating device comprising the organic EL element according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 一種顯示裝置,包含申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項 所述的有機EL元件。 A display device comprising any one of claims 1 to 4 The organic EL element. 一種有機EL元件的製造方法,係包含第1電極、第2電極、在前述第1電極與前述第2電極之間所配置的1或是複數個取出電極、與在前述第1電極、前述取出電極及前述第2電極之中相互相鄰電極間各自配置之具有電子注入層與發光層之複數個發光單元之有機EL元件的製造方法,該製造方法包含:將含有離子性聚合物之塗布液成膜,並形成前述電子注入層的步驟;與在形成前述電子注入層之前或是形成前述電子注入層之後,形成前述發光層之步驟。 A method for producing an organic EL device, comprising: a first electrode, a second electrode, or a plurality of extraction electrodes disposed between the first electrode and the second electrode; and the first electrode and the extraction A method for producing an organic EL device having a plurality of light-emitting units having an electron injection layer and a light-emitting layer disposed between adjacent electrodes of the electrode and the second electrode, the method comprising: coating a liquid containing an ionic polymer a step of forming a film and forming the electron injecting layer; and forming a step of forming the light emitting layer before or after forming the electron injecting layer. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之有機EL元件的製造方法,其中,將含有前述離子性聚合物之塗布液,於氮的體積比為90%以下,並且氧的體積比為10%以上30%以下的氛圍氣體環境中塗布。 The method for producing an organic EL device according to claim 7, wherein the coating liquid containing the ionic polymer has a volume ratio of nitrogen of 90% or less and a volume ratio of oxygen of 10% or more. It is coated in an atmosphere of less than %.
TW101110060A 2011-03-23 2012-03-23 Organic EL element TW201302838A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011063712A JP5899635B2 (en) 2011-03-23 2011-03-23 Organic EL device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201302838A true TW201302838A (en) 2013-01-16

Family

ID=46879474

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101110060A TW201302838A (en) 2011-03-23 2012-03-23 Organic EL element

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5899635B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201302838A (en)
WO (1) WO2012128334A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105165122A (en) * 2013-05-01 2015-12-16 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element
JP2015103735A (en) * 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 ソニー株式会社 Solid-state image sensor and electronic device
JP7011583B2 (en) * 2016-05-31 2022-01-26 メルク パテント ゲーエムベーハー Surgical instruments

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AT413925B (en) * 2002-05-29 2006-07-15 Wolfgang Dr Kern LIGHT-EMITTING COMPONENT
US7750561B2 (en) * 2005-05-20 2010-07-06 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Stacked OLED structure
JP2007123257A (en) * 2005-09-27 2007-05-17 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Method of manufacturing organic electroluminescent element
US8951646B2 (en) * 2008-03-07 2015-02-10 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Layered structure comprising a layer containing a conjugated polymer compound
JP2010033984A (en) * 2008-07-31 2010-02-12 Canon Inc Organic light-emitting device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012199177A (en) 2012-10-18
WO2012128334A1 (en) 2012-09-27
JP5899635B2 (en) 2016-04-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5653122B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device and method for producing the same
JP5752381B2 (en) Laminated structure, polymer, electroluminescent device and photoelectric conversion device
JP5862086B2 (en) Manufacturing method of organic EL element
TWI542059B (en) Method for making an organic luminescent device
TWI545143B (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TW201307424A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI550935B (en) Method of making organic electroluminescence element
JP2012084306A (en) Organic el device
JP5248910B2 (en) ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE ELEMENT
JP5982747B2 (en) Organic EL device
TW201302838A (en) Organic EL element
TWI568055B (en) Method for manufacturing organic electroluminescence element
WO2012011456A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence display device manufacturing method and organic electroluminescence display device
TWI528541B (en) Organic thin film transistor and method for making the same
WO2012070575A1 (en) Light emitting device and method for producing light emitting device
JP2012044160A (en) Method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent display device and organic electroluminescent display device